Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

to+take+the+sense+of+the+meeting

  • 21 deber

    m.
    duty.
    Ella tiene el deber de cuidarla She has the obligation to take care of her
    v.
    1 to owe.
    deber algo a alguien to owe somebody something, to owe something to somebody
    ¿qué o cuánto le debo? how much is it?
    Esa pobre mujer debe desde hace mucho That poor woman owes since long before
    Esa mujer debe mil dólares That woman owes one thousand dollars.
    2 to have to, to be bound to, to have got to, to must.
    Ella debe cuidar de María She has to take care of Mary.
    3 to be supposed to.
    * * *
    2 (dinero, cosa) to owe
    1 (obligación presente) must, have to, have got to
    2 (obligación pasada) should, ought to
    3 (obligación futura) must, have to, have got to
    4 (obligación moral) should, ought to
    1 (ser consecuencia) to be due (a, to)
    2 (tener una obligación) to have a duty (a, to)
    1 (obligación) duty, obligation
    1 (escolares) homework sing
    \
    cumplir con su deber to do one's duty
    hacer los deberes to do one's homework
    * * *
    1. noun m. 2. verb
    1) must
    2) ought to, should
    * * *
    1.
    VT [+ dinero, explicación, respeto] to owe

    ¿qué le debo? — [en bares, tiendas] how much (is it)?, how much do I owe you?

    todo lo que he conseguido se lo debo a mi padre — I have my father to thank for everything I have achieved, I owe everything I have achieved to my father

    2. VI
    1) + infin
    [obligación]

    como debe ser — as it ought to o should be

    debería cambiarse cada mes — it ought to o should be changed every month

    habrías debido traerlo — you ought to have o should have brought it

    debíamos haber salido ayer — we were to have o should have left yesterday

    2) + infin
    [suposición]

    debe (de) ser así — it must be like that, that's how it must be

    no debía (de) andar lejos de los 200.000 libros — it can't have been far off 200,000 books

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    I 1.
    verbo transitivo
    a) < dinero> to owe

    ¿cuánto se debe? — how much do I/we owe you?

    b) <favor/visita/explicación> to owe
    2.
    deber v aux

    deber + inf: debes decírselo you have to o you must tell her; deberías or debías habérselo dicho you ought to have o you should have told her; la trató respetuosamente, como debe ser he treated her with respect, as he should; no debes usarlo you are not to o you must not use it; no se debe mentir you mustn't tell lies; no deberías haberlo dejado solo — you shouldn't have left him alone

    2) (expresando suposición, probabilidad)
    a)

    deber (de) + inf: deben (de) ser más de las cinco it must be after five o'clock; deben (de) haber salido they must have gone out; debe (de) estar ganando mucho — she/he must be earning a lot

    3.
    deberse v pron

    deberse a algo: se debió a un fallo humano it was caused by o was due to human error; todo se debe a que no estudia it's all due o down to the fact that she doesn't study; ¿a qué se debe este escándalo? — what's all this racket about?

    el artista se debe a su público — an artist has a duty to his/her public

    II
    1) ( obligación) duty
    2) deberes masculino plural ( tarea escolar) homework, assignment (AmE)

    ¿has hecho los deberes? — have you done your homework?

    * * *
    I 1.
    verbo transitivo
    a) < dinero> to owe

    ¿cuánto se debe? — how much do I/we owe you?

    b) <favor/visita/explicación> to owe
    2.
    deber v aux

    deber + inf: debes decírselo you have to o you must tell her; deberías or debías habérselo dicho you ought to have o you should have told her; la trató respetuosamente, como debe ser he treated her with respect, as he should; no debes usarlo you are not to o you must not use it; no se debe mentir you mustn't tell lies; no deberías haberlo dejado solo — you shouldn't have left him alone

    2) (expresando suposición, probabilidad)
    a)

    deber (de) + inf: deben (de) ser más de las cinco it must be after five o'clock; deben (de) haber salido they must have gone out; debe (de) estar ganando mucho — she/he must be earning a lot

    3.
    deberse v pron

    deberse a algo: se debió a un fallo humano it was caused by o was due to human error; todo se debe a que no estudia it's all due o down to the fact that she doesn't study; ¿a qué se debe este escándalo? — what's all this racket about?

    el artista se debe a su público — an artist has a duty to his/her public

    II
    1) ( obligación) duty
    2) deberes masculino plural ( tarea escolar) homework, assignment (AmE)

    ¿has hecho los deberes? — have you done your homework?

    * * *
    deber1
    1 = duty [duties, -pl.], obligation.

    Ex: Organisations often expect an information officer or librarian to prepare such abstracts as are necessary, in addition to performing various other information duties.

    Ex: At the same time, the Library acknowledges its obligation to cooperate with major abstracting and indexing services to build a comprehensive national bibliographic data base.
    * consciente de los deberes de Uno = dutiful.
    * cumplir (con) un deber = discharge + duty.
    * deber ciudadano = civic duty.
    * deber cumplido = duty accomplished.
    * deberes = homework, school tasks, homework assignment, school work [schoolwork], class assignment, course assignment, student assignment.
    * deber familiar = familial duty.
    * deber moral = moral duty.
    * deber profesional = professional duty.
    * hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.
    * hacer los deberes = do + homework.
    * incumplimiento del deber = neglect of duty, breach of duty.
    * más allá del deber = beyond the call of duty.
    * negligencia en el cumplimiento del deber = dereliction of duty.
    * no hacer los deberes = be asleep at the wheel.
    * sentido del deber = sense of duty.
    * tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.
    * tener un deber que cumplir con = have + a responsibility to.

    deber2
    2 = must, ought to, owe.

    Ex: Even the same collection some years on will have altered, and the device, in order to remain effective, must evolve in keeping with the development of the collection.

    Ex: Early in its discussions the Working Group concluded that the implementation of an international authority system ought to follow a phased approach.
    Ex: DOBIS/LIBIS can then tell which borrowers owe the library money.
    * debe por lo tanto deducirse que = it must therefore follow that.
    * debe por lo tanto esperarse que = it must therefore follow that.
    * debe por lo tanto ser lógico que = it must therefore follow that.
    * debe por lo tanto ser una consecuencia lógica que = it must therefore follow that.
    * deber haber ocurrido antes = be long overdue.
    * debería existir = there + ought to be.
    * debería haber = there + ought to be.
    * debería(n) = should.
    * deber pagarse = be payable.
    * deber pensarse = thought + must be given.
    * deber prestar atención = warrant + consideration.
    * deberse = be due.
    * deberse a = be due to, be caused by, be attributable to, boil down to.
    * deber una multa = owe + fine.
    * deber + Verbo = be + to be + Verbo.
    * debe ser + Participio = be to be + Participio.
    * estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * mérito + deberse a = credit + be due to, credit + go to, be to the credit of.
    * multa que se debe = unpaid fine.
    * no actuar como se debe = be remiss.
    * no cumplir con + Posesivo + deber = be remiss.
    * no deber nada = pay + Posesivo + dues.
    * no debes juzgar un libro por el color de sus pastas = don't judge a book by its cover, don't judge a book by its cover.

    * * *
    vt
    1 ‹dinero› to owe
    le deben 15.000 pesos/dos meses de sueldo they owe her 15,000 pesos/two months' salary
    quieren que les paguen lo que se les debe they want to be paid what they are due o what is owing to them
    no le debo nada a nadie I don't owe anything to anyone
    ¿cuánto or ( fam) qué se debe? how much o what do I/we owe you?
    te debo las entradas de ayer I owe you for the tickets from yesterday
    2 ‹favor/visita/explicación› to owe
    le debo la vida I owe her my life
    todavía le debo el regalo de cumpleaños I still owe him o haven't given him a birthday present
    me debe carta ella a mí she owes me a letter, it's her turn to write to me
    les debes respeto y obediencia you owe them respect and obedience
    España le debe mucho al Islam Spain owes a great debt to Islam
    esta victoria se la debo a mi entrenador I have my coach to thank for this victory
    ¿a qué debo este honor? to what do I owe this honor?
    ■
    debes decírselo you have to o you must tell her
    deberías or debías habérselo dicho you ought to have o you should have told her
    deberás decírselo you will have to tell her
    debería or debiera darte vergüenza you ought to be o you should be ashamed of yourself
    la trató cortés y respetuosamente, como debe ser he treated her with courtesy and respect, as he should
    no debes usarlo sin antes pedir permiso you are not to o you must not use it without asking first
    no se debe mentir you mustn't tell lies
    no deberías or debías haberlo dejado solo or no debiste dejarlo solo you shouldn't have left him alone
    B (expresando suposición, probabilidad)
    1 deber ( DE) + INF:
    ya deben (de) ser más de las cinco it must be after five o'clock
    ¡debes (de) estar muriéndote de hambre! you must be starving!
    deben (de) haber salido they must have gone out
    nos hemos debido (de) cruzar we must have passed each other
    debe (de) estar ganando mucho más que eso she must be earning a lot more than that
    le debe (de) doler mucho it must be very painful
    ésos debieron (de) ser or deben (de) haber sido momentos muy duros that must have been a very difficult time
    has debido (de) perderlo or debes (de) haberlo perdido you must have lost it
    2
    (en frases negativas): no deben (de) saber del accidente, si no habrían vuelto they can't know about the accident or they would have come back
    ¿por qué no ha llamado? — no debe (de) haber podido why hasn't he phoned? — he obviously hasn't been able to
    la conferencia fue en francés, no deben (de) haber entendido nada the lecture was in French, I bet they didn't understand a word o they can't have understood a word
    no les debe haber interesado or no les debió interesar they can't have been interested o presumably, they weren't interested
    A (tener su causa en) deberse A algo:
    el retraso se debe al mal tiempo the delay is due to the bad weather
    el accidente se debió a un fallo humano the accident was caused by o was due to human error
    ¿a qué se debe este escándalo? what's all this racket about?
    ¿a qué se debe tan agradable sorpresa? to what do I owe such a pleasant surprise?
    B «persona» (tener obligaciones hacia) deberse A algn; to have a duty TO sb
    el artista se debe a su público an artist has a duty to his or her public
    me debo antes que nada a mis pacientes my first responsibility o duty is to my patients
    me debo a mis electores I have a duty to the people who voted for me
    cumplió con su deber he carried out o did his duty
    faltó a su deber he failed in his duty, he failed to do his duty
    el deber del soldado para con su patria a soldier's duty to his country
    votar es un derecho y un deber del cuidadano voting is the right and duty of every citizen
    tengo el triste deber de comunicarles el fallecimiento de … ( frml); it is my sad duty to inform you of the death of …
    es un deber de conciencia ayudarlos I feel morally bound to help them
    B deberes mpl (tarea escolar) homework, assignment ( AmE)
    ¿has hecho los deberes? have you done your homework?
    nos ponen or mandan muchos deberes they set us a lot of homework
    * * *

     

    deber 1 ( conjugate deber) verbo transitivo ‹dinero/favor/explicación› to owe;

    deber v aux
    1 ( expresando obligación):

    no debes usarlo you must not use it;
    deberías or debías habérselo dicho you ought to have o you should have told her;
    no se debe mentir you mustn't tell lies;
    no deberías haberlo dejado solo you shouldn't have left him alone
    2 (expresando suposición, probabilidad):

    deben (de) haber salido they must have gone out;
    debe (de) estar enamorado she/he must be in love;
    no deben (de) saber la dirección they probably don't know the address;
    no les debe (de) interesar they can't be interested
    deberse verbo pronominal
    1 ( tener su causa en) deberse a algo to be due to sth;

    ¿a qué se debe este escándalo? what's all this racket about?
    2 [ persona] ( tener obligaciones hacia) deberse a algn to have a duty to sb
    deber 2 sustantivo masculino
    1 ( obligación) duty;
    ◊ cumplió con su deber he carried out o did his duty

    2
    ◊ deberes sustantivo masculino plural ( tarea escolar) homework, assignment (AmE)

    deber 1 sustantivo masculino
    I duty: deberá cumplir con su deber, she must do her duty
    II Educ deberes, homework sing
    deber 2
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (tener una deuda) to owe: me debe una disculpa, he owes me an apology
    le debe mucho a su entrenador, he owes a lot to his trainer
    2 (+ infinitivo: estar obligado a) must, to have to: debe tomar el medicamento, he must take the medicine
    debía hacerlo, I had to do it
    ya debería estar aquí, he ought to be here‚ ¡debería darte vergüenza!, you should be ashamed of yourself! o shame on you! ➣ Ver nota en must 3 (para dar un consejo) should: deberías estar presente, you should be present
    II verbo intransitivo ( deber + de + infinitivo: ser posible) (positivo) must: debe de haberlo oído en alguna parte, he must have heard it from somewhere
    (negativo) can not: debe de estar dormido, he must be asleep
    todavía no deben de haber llegado, they can't have arrived yet
    ' deber' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    carga
    - hacer
    - imponerse
    - incumplir
    - incumplimiento
    - obligación
    - alto
    - ciudadano
    - cometido
    - cumplimiento
    - cumplir
    - inexcusable
    - ir
    - satisfacción
    - sentido
    English:
    accomplishment
    - avoid
    - before
    - carry out
    - civic
    - discharge
    - do
    - duck
    - duty
    - immune
    - job
    - meet
    - must
    - need
    - neglect
    - ought
    - owe
    - service
    - should
    - suppose
    - want
    - bound
    - call
    - well
    * * *
    ♦ nm
    [obligación] duty;
    mi deber es ayudar it is my duty to help;
    es mi deber intentar detenerle it is my duty to try to stop him;
    cumplir con el deber to do one's duty;
    faltarás a tu deber si no acudes a la reunión you will be failing in your duty if you don't come to the meeting;
    los derechos y los deberes de los ciudadanos citizens' rights and duties;
    mantener la ciudad limpia es deber de todos keeping the city tidy is everyone's responsibility;
    tiene un gran sentido del deber she has a great sense of duty;
    tengo el triste deber de comunicarles la aparición del cuerpo de su hijo it is my sad duty to inform you that your son's body has been found
    ♦ deberes nmpl
    [trabajo escolar] homework;
    hacer los deberes to do one's homework;
    nos han mandado muchos deberes para el fin de semana they've set o given us a lot of homework for the weekend
    ♦ vt
    1. [adeudar] to owe;
    deber algo a alguien to owe sb sth, to owe sth to sb;
    ¿qué o [m5] cuánto le debo? how much is it?, how much does it come to?;
    ¿qué se debe? how much is it?, how much does it come to?;
    ¿qué te debo del pan y la leche? what do I owe you for the bread and milk?;
    me deben medio millón de pesos they owe me half a million pesos;
    me debes una cena you owe me a meal out
    2. [moralmente] to owe;
    te debo la vida I owe you my life;
    este éxito se lo debo a mis compañeros I owe this success to my colleagues, I have my colleagues to thank for this success;
    creo que te debo una explicación I think I owe you an explanation;
    debemos mucho a nuestros padres we owe our parents a lot;
    no le debo nada a nadie I don't owe anybody anything;
    Formal
    ¿a qué debemos el honor de su visita? to what do we owe the pleasure of your visit?;
    Fam
    deber una a alguien to owe sb one;
    te debo una, compañero I owe you one, mate
    ♦ vi
    1. (antes de infinitivo) [expresa obligación]
    debo hacerlo I have to do it, I must do it;
    deberían abolir esa ley they ought to o should abolish that law;
    debes dominar tus impulsos you must o should control your impulses;
    debería darles vergüenza they ought to be ashamed;
    no deberías fumar tanto you shouldn't smoke so much;
    no debes decir mentiras you mustn't o shouldn't tell lies;
    no debiste insultarle you shouldn't have insulted her;
    Fam
    una película como debe ser a proper film, a film like films were meant to be
    2. [expresa posibilidad]
    el tren debe de llegar alrededor de las diez the train should arrive at about ten;
    deben de haber llegado ya a casa they must o should be home by now;
    deben de ser las diez it must be ten o'clock;
    no debe de ser muy mayor she can't be very old;
    no debe de hacer mucho frío it can't be very o that cold;
    debe de ser extranjero he must be a foreigner;
    debes de estar cayéndote de sueño you must be exhausted;
    debo haberlo dejado en casa I must have left it at home
    * * *
    I m
    1 duty
    2
    :
    deberes pl homework sg
    II v/t owe;
    deber a alguien 500 pesos owe s.o. 500 pesos
    III v/i
    1 en presente must, have to;
    debo llegar a la hora I must be on time, I have to be on time;
    no debo llegar tarde I mustn’t be late
    2 en pretérito should have;
    debería haberme callado I should have kept quiet
    3 en futuro will have to;
    deberán terminar imediatamente they must finish o they will have to finish immediately
    4 en condicional should;
    ¿qué debería hacer? what should I do?;
    no deberías hacer eso you shouldn’t do that;
    debería ser lo suficientemente largo that should be long enough
    :
    debe de hacer frío it must be cold;
    debe de tener quince años he must be about 15;
    debe de hacer poco que viven aquí they can’t have lived here for long;
    ya deben de haber llegado they must o should have arrived by now
    * * *
    deber vt
    : to owe
    deber v aux
    1) : must, have to
    debo ir a la oficina: I must go to the office
    2) : should, ought to
    deberías buscar trabajo: you ought to look for work
    debe ser mexicano: he must be Mexican
    * * *
    deber1 n duty [pl. duties]
    deber2 vb
    1. (dinero, favor, etc) to owe
    te debo 1.000 pesetas I owe you 1,000 pesetas
    2. (estar obligado en presente) must / to have to
    3. (estar obligado en condicional) should / ought to

    Spanish-English dictionary > deber

  • 22 si

    I.
    si1 [si]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
       a. if
    • s'il fait beau demain, je sortirai if it's fine tomorrow, I'll go out
    • si j'avais de l'argent, j'achèterais une voiture if I had any money, I would buy a car
    • tu viendras ? si oui, préviens-moi à l'avance are you coming? if so, tell me in advance
    • si seulement il venait/était venu if only he was coming/had come
    • si c'est ça, je m'en vais (inf) if that's how it is, I'm off (inf)
    • s'il a tant de succès c'est que... if he is so successful it's because...
       b. (interrogation indirecte) if, whether
    • il ignore si elle viendra he doesn't know whether or if she'll come (or not)
    • tu imagines s'il était fier ! you can imagine how proud he was!
    • si je veux y aller ? quelle question ! do I want to go? what a question!
    • si j'avais su ! if only I had known!
    • et s'il refusait ? and what if he refused?
    • si ses intentions étaient louables, l'effet de son discours a été désastreux while his motives were excellent, the results of his speech were disastrous
       e. (locutions) et si tu lui téléphonais ? how about phoning him?
    ► si ce n'est...
    • qui peut le savoir, si ce n'est lui ? if he doesn't know, who will?
    • si ce n'est elle, qui aurait osé ? who but she would have dared?
    • il n'avait rien emporté, si ce n'est quelques biscuits he had taken nothing with him apart from a few biscuits
    • elle va bien, si ce n'est qu'elle est très fatiguée she's quite well apart from the fact that she is very tired► si tant est que
    • ils sont sous-payés, si tant est qu'on les paie they are underpaid, if they are paid at all
    2. <
       a. (affirmatif) vous ne venez pas ? -- si/mais si aren't you coming? -- yes I am/of course I am
    • vous n'avez rien mangé ? -- si, une pomme haven't you had anything to eat? -- yes (I have), an apple
    • si, si, il faut venir oh but you must come!
    • il n'a pas voulu, moi si he didn't want to, but I did
    • il n'a pas écrit ? -- il paraît que si hasn't he written? -- yes, it seems that he has
    • je croyais qu'elle ne voulait pas venir, mais il m'a dit que si I thought she didn't want to come but he said she did
       b. ( = tellement) (modifiant un attribut, un adverbe) so ; (modifiant un épithète) such
    • il est stupide, non ? -- si peu ! (ironic) he's stupid, isn't he? -- and how! (inf)
    • on est parti en retard, si bien qu'on a raté le train we left late so we missed the train
    • si bête soit-il, il comprendra however stupid he is he will understand
       d. ( = aussi) as
    II.
    si2 [si]
    invariable masculine noun
    * * *
    Note: si adverbe de degré modifiant un adjectif a deux traductions en anglais selon que l'adjectif modifié est attribut: la maison est si jolie = the house is so pretty, ou épithète: une si jolie maison = such a pretty house
    Dans le cas de l'épithète il existe une deuxième possibilité, assez rare et littéraire, citée pour information: = so pretty a house

    I
    1. si
    nom masculin invariable if

    2.

    ‘tu ne le veux pas?’ - ‘si!’ — ‘don't you want it?’ - ‘yes I do!’

    mais si — yes, of course

    je suis heureux de visiter votre si jolie ville — I'm glad to visit your town, it's so pretty

    si bien que — ( par conséquent) so; ( à tel point que) so much so that


    3.
    conjonction (s' before il or ils)

    si ce n'est (pas) toi, qui est-ce? — if it wasn't you, who was it?, if not you, who?

    je me demande s'il viendra — I wonder if ou whether he'll come

    3) ( quand) if

    enfant, si je lisais, je n'aimais pas être dérangé — when I was a child I used to hate being disturbed if ou when I was reading

    si la France est favorable au projet, les autres pays y sont violemment opposés — whereas France is in favour [BrE] of the project, the other countries are violently opposed to it


    II si
    nom masculin invariable ( note) B; ( en solfiant) ti
    * * *
    abr nm
    See:
    * * *
    I.
    si nm inv ( note) B; ( en solfiant) ti.
    II.
    si
    ❢ Si adverbe de degré modifiant un adjectif a deux traductions en anglais selon que l'adjectif modifié est attribut: la maison est si jolie = the house is so pretty, ou épithète: une si jolie maison = such a pretty house. Dans le cas de l'épithète il existe une deuxième possibilité, assez rare et littéraire, citée pour information: = so pretty a house.
    A nm inv if; des si et des mais ifs and buts.
    B adv
    1 ( marquant l'affirmation) yes; ‘tu ne le veux pas?’-‘si!’ ‘don't you want it?’-‘yes I do!’; ‘ils n'ont pas encore vendu leur maison?’-‘il me semble que si’ ‘haven't they sold their house yet?’-‘yes, I think they have’; il n'ira pas, moi si he won't go, but I will; mais si yes, of course; ‘tu ne le veux pas?’-‘mais si’ ‘don't you want it?’-‘yes, of course I do’; si fort littér yes indeed;
    2 ( marquant l'intensité) so; ce n'est pas si simple it's not so simple; de si bon matin so early in the morning; de si bonne heure so early; c'est un homme si agréable he's such a pleasant man; vous habitez un si joli pays you live in such a lovely country; je suis heureux de visiter votre si jolie ville I'm glad to visit your town, it's so pretty; j'ai eu si peur que I was so afraid that; si bien que ( par conséquent) so; ( à tel point que) so much so that; elle n'a pas écrit, si bien que je ne sais pas à quelle heure elle arrive she hasn't written, so I don't know what time she's arriving; elle s'agitait en tous sens si bien qu'elle a fini par tomber she was flapping about all over the place, so much so that she fell over; tant et si bien que so much so that;
    3 ( pour marquer la comparaison) rien n'est si beau qu'un coucher de soleil there's nothing so beautiful as a sunset; est-elle si bête qu'on le dit? is she as stupid as people say (she is)?;
    4 ( pour marquer la concession) si loin que vous alliez nous saurons bien vous retrouver however far away you go ou no matter how far away you go, we will be able to find you; si intelligent qu'il soit or soit-il, il ne peut pas tout savoir as intelligent as he is ou however intelligent he is, he can't know everything; si pénible que soit la situation however hard the situation may be; si peu que ce soit however little it may be.
    C conj (s' before il or ils)
    1 ( marquant l'éventualité) if; si ce n'est (pas) toi, qui est-ce? if it wasn't you, who was it?; il n'a rien pris avec lui si ce n'est un livre et son parapluie he didn't take anything with him apart from ou other than a book and his umbrella; l'une des villes les plus belles, si ce n'est la plus belle one of the most beautiful cities, if not the most beautiful; personne n'a compris si ce n'est le meilleur de la classe nobody understood except the best pupil in the class; si ce n'était la peur d'être malade j'irais avec vous if it weren't for fear of getting ill I'd go with you; à quoi servent ces réunions si ce n'est à nous faire perdre notre temps? what purpose do these meetings serve other than to waste our time?; si c'est (comme) ça, je pars if that's how it is, I'm leaving; s'il vient demain et qu'il fait beau if he comes tomorrow and the weather's fine; lui seul peut trouver une solution, si solution il y a only he can find a solution, if there is one ou a solution; si oui if so; était-il à Paris? si oui avec qui? si non pourquoi? was he in Paris? if he was, who was he with? if he wasn't, why?; explique-moi tout si tant est que tu puisses le faire tell me everything, if you can do it that is; je ne sais pas s'il pourra nous prêter la somme avant dimanche, si tant est qu'il veuille bien nous la prêter I don't know if he will be able to lend us the money before Sunday, if he's willing to lend it to us at all (that is); si tant est qu'une telle distinction ait un sens if such a distinction makes any sense; c'est un brave homme s'il en est he's a brave man if ever there was one; c'était un homme cultivé s'il en fut he was an educated man if ever there was one;
    3 ( exprimant l'hypothèse dans le passé) if; si j'avais su qu'il était à Paris je l'aurais invité if I had known that he was in Paris I would have invited him; si j'avais eu l'argent if I had had the money;
    4 ( quand) if; s'il pleurait elle le prenait tout de suite dans ses bras if he cried she would pick him up straightaway; enfant, si je lisais, je n'aimais pas être dérangé when I was a child I used to hate being disturbed if ou when I was reading;
    5 ( dans une phrase exclamative) if only; si vous pouviez venir! if only you could come!, I wish you would come!; si au moins vous m'aviez téléphoné! if only you had phoned me!; si encore or enfin or seulement or même if only; si j'avais su! if only I'd known!, had I known!; vous pensez si j'étais content! you can imagine how happy I was!; si j'ai envie de partir? ah ça oui! do I want to leave? but of course I do!; et si je le rencontrais dans la rue! just imagine if ou just suppose I meet him in the street!;
    6 ( introduit la suggestion) si tu venais avec moi? how ou what about coming with me?, why don't you come with me?; si nous allions dîner au restaurant? how ou what about going out for dinner?; si tu venais passer le week-end avec nous? why don't you come and spend the weekend with us?; et s'il décidait de ne pas venir? and what if he decided not to come?; et si tu lui écrivais? why don't you write to him/her?;
    7 ( pour marquer l'opposition) whereas; si la France est favorable au projet, les autres pays y sont violemment opposés whereas France is in favourGB of the project, the other countries are violently opposed to it;
    8 ( introduit une interrogation indirecte) if, whether; je me demande s'il viendra I wonder if ou whether he'll come.
    I
    [si] adverbe
    1. [tellement - avec un adjectif attribut, un adverbe, un nom] so ; [ - avec un adjectif épithète] such
    je la vois si peu I see so little of her, I see her so rarely
    si... que so... that
    2. [exprimant la concession] however
    si aimable soit-il... however nice he may be...
    si dur que ça puisse paraître, je ne céderai pas however hard it may seem ou hard as it may seem I won't give way
    si vous le vexez si peu que ce soit, il fond en larmes if you upset him even the slightest bit, he bursts into tears
    3. [dans une comparaison]
    si... que as... as
    4. [en réponse affirmative] yes
    ça n'a pas d'importance — si, ça en a! it doesn't matter — it does ou yes it does!
    je ne veux pas que tu me rembourses — si, si, voici ce que je te dois I don't want you to pay me back — no, I insist, here's what I owe you
    tu ne vas quand même pas lui dire? — oh que si! still, you're not going to tell him, are you? — oh yes I am!
    ————————
    [si] conjonction (devant 'il' ou 'ils' s' [s])
    1. [exprimant une condition] if
    si tu veux, on y va we'll go if you want
    si tu ne réfléchis pas par toi-même et si ou que tu crois tout ce qu'on te dit... if you don't think for yourself and you believe everything people tell you...
    je ne lui dirai que si tu es d'accord I'll tell him only if you agree, I won't tell him unless you agree
    si tu oses...! [ton menaçant] don't you dare!
    avez-vous des enfants? si oui, remplissez le cadre ci-dessous do you have any children? if yes, fill in the box below
    2. [exprimant une hypothèse] if
    si tu venais de bonne heure, on pourrait finir avant midi if you came early we would be able to finish before midday
    s'il m'arrivait quelque chose, prévenez John should anything happen to me ou if anything should happen to me, call John
    ah toi, si je ne me retenais pas...! just count yourself lucky I'm restraining myself!
    si j'avais su, je me serais méfié if I had known ou had I known, I would have been more cautious
    3. [exprimant une éventualité] what if
    4. [exprimant une suggestion] what about
    5. [exprimant un souhait, un regret]
    ah, si j'étais plus jeune! I wish ou if only I were younger!
    6. [dans l'interrogation indirecte] if, whether
    dites-moi si vous venez tell me if ou whether you're coming
    7. [introduisant une complétive] if, that
    8. [introduisant une explication] if
    si quelqu'un a le droit de se plaindre, c'est bien moi! if anyone has reason to complain, it's me!
    9. [exprimant la répétition] if, when
    si je prends une initiative, elle la désapprouve whenever ou every time I take the initiative, she disapproves (of it)
    10. [exprimant la concession, l'opposition]
    si son premier roman a été un succès, le second a été éreinté par la critique though her first novel was a success, the second was slated by the critics
    11. [emploi exclamatif]
    tu penses s'il était déçu/heureux! you can imagine how disappointed/happy he was!
    si je m'attendais à te voir ici! well, I (certainly) didn't expect to meet you here ou fancy meeting you here!
    ————————
    [si] nom masculin invariable
    avec des si, on mettrait Paris en bouteille (proverbe) if ifs and buts were pots and pans, there'd be no trade for tinkers (proverbe)
    ————————
    si bien que locution conjonctive
    [de telle sorte que] so
    il ne sait pas lire une carte, si bien qu'on s'est perdus he can't read a map, and so we got lost
    si ce n'est locution prépositionnelle
    1. [pour rectifier] if not
    ça a duré une bonne heure, si ce n'est deux it lasted at least an hour, if not two
    2. [excepté] apart from, except
    tout vous convient? — oui, si ce n'est le prix is everything to your satisfaction? — yes, apart from ou except the price
    si ce n'était sa timidité, c'est un garçon très agréable he's a nice young man, if a little shy
    si ce n'est toi, c'est donc ton frère La Fontaine (allusion) if it's not you, then it must be your double ou your twin brother (humoristique)
    si ce n'est que locution conjonctive
    il n'a pas de régime, si ce n'est qu'il ne doit pas fumer he has no special diet, except that he mustn't smoke
    si tant est que locution conjonctive
    on se retrouvera à 18 h, si tant est que l'avion arrive à l'heure we'll meet at 6 p.m. provided (that) ou if the plane arrives on time
    II
    [si] nom masculin invariable
    [chanté] si, ti
    voir aussi link=fa fa

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > si

  • 23 traîner

    traîner° [tʀene]
    ➭ TABLE 1
    1. transitive verb
       a. ( = tirer) [+ sac, objet lourd, personne] to drag
    • traîner la jambe or la patte (inf) to limp
       b. ( = emmener) (pejorative) to drag
    2. intransitive verb
       a. [personne] ( = rester en arrière) to lag behind ; ( = aller lentement) to dawdle ; (pejorative) ( = errer) to hang about
    • on est en retard, il ne s'agit plus de traîner we're late - we must stop hanging around
       b. ( = être éparpillé) to lie about
       c. ( = durer trop longtemps) to drag on
    • ça n'a pas traîné ! (inf) that wasn't long coming!
    • ça ne traînera pas, il vous mettra tous à la porte (inf) he'll throw you all out before you know what's happening
       d. [robe, manteau] to trail
    • ta ceinture/ton lacet traîne par terre your belt/your shoelace is dragging on the ground
    3. reflexive verb
    ► se traîner [personne fatiguée] to drag o.s. ; [train, voiture] to crawl along
    • avec cette chaleur, on se traîne it's all you can do to drag yourself around in this heat
    * * *
    tʀɛne
    1.
    1) ( tirer) to drag [something] (along) [valise]; to drag [something] across the floor [chaise]
    2) (colloq) ( être encombré) ( en portant) to lug (colloq) [something] around [objet]; ( en tirant) to drag [something] around [objet]; ( en subissant) to drag [somebody] along [personne]

    traîner les pieds — lit, fig to drag one's feet


    2.
    verbe intransitif

    traîner dans les rues/avec des voyous — to hang around on the streets/with yobbos

    ‘qu'est-ce que tu as fait aujourd'hui?’ - ‘j'ai traîné’ — ‘what did you do today?’ - ‘I loafed around (colloq)’

    ne traîne pas, on doit terminer à 4 heures — get a move on (colloq), we've got to finish at four

    traîner (derrière) — to lag ou trail behind, to trail along in the rear

    2) ( ne pas se terminer) [chantier, maladie] to drag on; [odeur] to linger

    faire or laisser traîner (les choses) — to let things drag on

    traîner par terre — [jupe] to trail on the ground; [rideaux] to trail on the floor

    5) ( ne pas être rangé) [vêtements, jouets] to be lying about ou around

    3.
    se traîner verbe pronominal
    1) ( ramper)

    se traîner par terre/jusqu'à la porte — to drag oneself along the ground/to the door

    3) ( avancer lentement) [voiture, escargot] to crawl along
    ••

    traîner la jambe or la patte — (colloq) to limp

    traîner ses guêtres (colloq) or ses bottes — (colloq) to knock around (colloq)

    * * *
    tʀene
    1. vt
    1) [remorque] to pull, [valise, objet lourd] to drag
    2) fig, [enfant, chien] to drag along

    traîner qn au cinéma — to drag sb out to the cinema, to drag sb along to the cinema

    3) fig, [maladie]

    Il traîne un rhume depuis l'hiver. — He has a cold which has been dragging on since winter.

    4) (= renâcler)

    traîner les pieds; traîner des pieds — to drag one's feet

    2. vi
    1) [objet non rangé] to lie around

    Ne laisse pas traîner tes affaires. — Don't leave your things lying around.

    2) (marcher lentement) to dawdle, to dawdle along

    Dépêche-toi, ne traîne pas! — Hurry up, stop dawdling!

    3) (par désoeuvrement) to hang around, to hang about Grande-Bretagne

    Il y a tant de jeunes qui traînent en ville. — There are so many young people hanging around the city.

    Elle traînait dans les cafés. — She would hang around in bars.

    4) (agir lentement) to take ages

    Ne traîne pas, on a encore trois pièces à repeindre. — Get a move on, we've still got three rooms to paint.

    5) (= durer) to drag on

    La réunion a traîné jusqu'à midi. — The meeting dragged on till 12 o'clock.

    6) [robe, manteau] to trail on the ground
    * * *
    traîner verb table: aimer
    A vtr
    1 ( tirer) to drag [sth] (along) [valise]; to drag [sth] across the floor [chaise]; il traînait un grand sac derrière lui he was dragging a big bag behind him; traîner qn par les pieds/les cheveux to drag sb (along) by the feet/the hair;
    2 ○( être encombré) ( en portant) to lug○ [sth] around [objet]; ( en tirant) to drag [sth] around [objet]; ( en subissant) to drag [sb] along [personne]; elle l'a traîné à une réunion d'affaires she dragged him along to a business meeting;
    3 ( forcer à aller) to drag [sb] off [personne]; traîner qn chez le médecin/le coiffeur to drag sb off to the doctor's/the hairdresser's; traîner qn devant les tribunaux to drag sb into court;
    4 ( supporter longtemps) il traîne un rhume depuis deux semaines for two weeks now he's had a cold that he can't shake off; elle a traîné toute sa vie des sentiments de jalousie she has harbouredGB feelings of jealousy all her life; elle a traîné toute sa vie les conséquences de cette décision the effects of this decision followed her throughout her life;
    B vi
    1 ( perdre son temps) traîner dans les rues/dans les couloirs/dans les bars to hang around in the streets/in the corridors/in bars; traîner en ville to hang around town; ‘qu'est-ce que tu as fait aujourd'hui?’-‘j'ai traîné’ ‘what did you do today?’-‘I loafed around○’; on a traîné à table ( après le repas) we sat around the table for a long time after the meal; ( à manger) we had a long leisurely meal; j'ai traîné au lit I had a lie-in GB, I slept in; ils traînent ensemble they hang around together doing nothing; traîner avec des gens un peu louches to hang around with some funny people; il y avait quelques touristes qui traînaient there were a few tourists drifting about the place;
    2 ( faire lentement) to take forever (pour faire doing); elle traîne une heure dans la salle de bains she lingers in the bathroom for an hour; ne traîne pas, on doit terminer à 4 heures get a move on○, we've got to finish at four; ça ne va pas traîner, il aura terminé les travaux à Noël he won't hang about, he'll be finished by Christmas; je savais qu'il dirait une bêtise, et ça n'a pas traîné I knew he'd say something silly, and it wasn't long in coming;
    3 ( aller sans hâte) to dawdle; ne traîne pas en rentrant de l'école don't dawdle on your way back from school; traîner (derrière) to lag ou trail behind, to trail along in the rear; quelques élèves traînaient derrière a few pupils were trailing along in the rear; ne traînez pas derrière! keep up there at the back!;
    4 ( ne pas se terminer) [chantier, maladie] to drag on; [odeur] to linger; faire or laisser traîner (les choses) to let things drag on; ne donne pas de réponse, fais traîner don't give an answer, let things drag on a bit; laisser traîner qch en longueur to let sth drag on for ages; un film qui traîne en longueur a long-drawn-out film;
    5 ( être en contact avec) traîner par terre [jupe] to trail on the ground; [rideaux] to trail on the floor; traîner dans la boue/poussière [bas de jupe] to trail in the mud/dust; ça a traîné dans la boue it's all muddy; ta manche traîne dans ton assiette your sleeve is in your plate;
    6 ( être tiré) traîner derrière qch to be trailing behind sth;
    7 ( ne pas être rangé) [vêtements, jouets] to be lying about ou around; laisser traîner qch to leave sth lying about ou around [chéquier, document]; un manteau qui traîne sur une chaise a coat thrown over a chair; ramasser qch qui traînait dans la boue to pick up sth lying in the mud;
    8 ( être très courant) avec ces microbes qui traînent with all the germs (that are) around; une explication qui traîne dans tous les livres an explanation that is given in all the books.
    1 ( ramper) [blessé] se traîner par terre/jusqu'à la porte to drag oneself along the ground/to the door; se traîner aux pieds de qn to crawl at sb's feet;
    2 ( aller avec effort) se traîner jusqu'à la cuisine to drag oneself through to the kitchen; je n'ai pas envie de me traîner jusqu'à Paris I don't feel like trailing off GB ou schlepping○ US to Paris;
    3 ( être oisif) to loaf about○;
    4 ( avancer lentement) [voiture, train, escargot] to crawl along; [procès, négociations] to drag on; [chantier] to proceed at a crawl.
    traîner la jambe or la patte○ to limp; traîner ses guêtres○ or ses bottes○ to knock around○; avoir les mains qui traînent to be light-fingered.
    [trene] verbe transitif
    1. [tirer - généralement] to pull ; [ - avec effort] to drag, to haul
    traîner les pieds to shuffle along, to drag one's feet (sens propre)
    2. [emmener - personne réticente] to drag along (separable) ; [ - personne non désirée] to trail, to drag about (separable)
    3. [garder avec soi - fétiche, jouet] to drag around (separable)
    4. (familier) [avoir]
    toute ma jeunesse, j'ai traîné ce sentiment de culpabilité throughout my youth I carried around this sense of guilt
    ————————
    [trene] verbe intransitif
    1. [pendre]
    2. (familier) [ne pas être rangé - documents, vêtements] to lie around, to be scattered around
    3. [s'attarder, flâner] to dawdle
    [rester en arrière] to lag ou to drag behind
    ne traîne pas, Mamie nous attend stop dawdling ou do hurry up, Grandma's expecting us
    (péjoratif) [errer] to hang about ou around
    4. (figuré & péjoratif) [maladie, idée]
    5. (familier & péjoratif) [s'éterniser - affaire, conversation, procédure] to drag on ; [ - superstition, maladie] to linger ou to drag on
    traîner en longueur [discours, négociations] to drag on
    ça n'a pas traîné! it didn't take long!, it wasn't long coming!
    faire traîner des pourparlers/un procès to drag out negotiations/a trial
    6. [ralentir - voix] to drawl (out)
    ————————
    se traîner verbe pronominal intransitif
    1. [blessé] to crawl
    [manquer d'énergie]
    depuis sa mort, elle se traîne she just mopes around the place now he's dead
    2. (familier) [conducteur, véhicule] to crawl along, to go at a crawl

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > traîner

  • 24 EPTIR

    prep with dat. and acc.;
    I. with dat.
    1) with verbs of motion, after (ríða, róa, fara, ganga, senda e-m);
    2) denoting the aim and object of many verbs;
    leita, spyrja, frétta, eptir e-u, to search, ask, inquire after;
    líta eptir e-u, to look afler, attend to;
    bíða eptir e-u, to wait for;
    vaka eptir e-m, to sit up waiting for one;
    segja eptir e-m, to report behind one’s back;
    3) following the course of a track, road, etc., along;
    niðr eptir hálsinum, down the hill;
    eptir endilongu, from one end to the other;
    eptir miðju, along the middle;
    4) after, according to, in accordance with (eptir sið þeirra ok lögum);
    hann leiddist eptir fortölum hennar, he was led by her persuasion;
    gekk allt eptir því sem H. hafði sagt, according as H. had said;
    5) denoting proportion, comparison;
    fátt manna eptir því sem hann var vanr, few men in comparison to what he was want to have;
    6) with verbs denoting imitation, indulgence, longing after;
    láta eptir e-m, to indulge one;
    breyta eptir e-m, to imitate;
    7) behind (hann leiddi eptir sér hestinn);
    fundust eptir þeim írskar bœkr, which they had left behind;
    II. with acc.
    1) of time, after, in succession to (vár kom eptir vetr);
    hvern dag eptir annan, one day after the other;
    ár eptir ár, dag eptir dag, year by year, day by day;
    eptir þat, after that, thereafter;
    2) denoting succession, inheritance;
    taka e-t í arf eptir e-n, to inherit from one;
    hann tók konungdóm eptir föður sinn, after his father;
    vita þá skömm eptir sik, to leave such a bad report;
    skaði mikill er eptir menn slíka, there is a great loss in such men;
    III. as adv.
    1) after;
    annat sumar eptir, the second summer after;
    um daginn eptir, the day after;
    eptir um várit, later during the spring;
    eptir koma úsvinnum ráð, the fool is wise when too late;
    2) behind;
    bíða sitja eptir, to wait, stay behind;
    vera, standa eptir, to remain behind, be left;
    halda e-u eptir, to keep back;
    skammt get ek eptir þinnar æfi, I guess that little is left of thy life;
    3) before the rel. part., eptir er = eptir þat er, after (ef maðr, andast á þingi eptir er menn eru á braut farnir);
    4) eptir á, afterwards, later on;
    * * *
    better spelt eftir, in common pronunciation ettir, a prep. with dat. and acc. and also used as adv. or ellipt. without a case: an older form ept or eft only occurs in poetry, Skm. 39, 41, Ýt. 2, Edda 91 (in a verse); ept víg, Hkr. i. 349 (in a verse), iii. 50 (Arnór); [cp. Goth. afar; Runic stone in Tune, after; A. S. æft; Engl. after, aft; Swed.-Dan. efter]:—after.
    A. WITH DAT., LOC.; with verbs denoting following, pursuing, or the like; hann reið e. þeim, Eg. 149; hann bar merkit eptir honum, he bore the standard after him, 297; róa e. þeim, to pull after them, Ld. 118; þegar e. Kara, on the heels of Kari, Nj. 202; varð ekki e. honum gengit, none went after him, 270.
    β. with the notion to fetch; senda e. e-m, to send after one, Eb. 22, Nj. 78, Fms. i. 2; ríða í Hornafjörð e. fé yðru, ride to H. after your things, Nj. 63.
    γ. ellipt., viljum vér eigi e. fara, we will not follow after them. Eb. 242; ek mun hlaupa þegar e., Nj. 202.
    2. metaph.,
    α. with verbs denoting to look, stara, líta, sjá, gá, horfa, mæna, etc. e. e-u, to stare, look after a thing while departing, Ísl. ii. 261: leita, spyrja, frétta etc. e. e-u, to ask, ‘speer,’ seek after a thing, Nj. 75, Eg. 155, 686, Fms. i. 71, x. 148, etc.
    β. segja e. e-m, to tell tales, report behind one’s back in a bad sense, 623. 62; þó at ek segða eigi óhapp eptir tengda-mönnum mínum, Sturl. i. 66; sjá e. e-u, to look after, miss a thing, Nj. 75; leggja hug e. e-u, to mind a thing, Ísl. ii. 426; taka e., to mind, mark a thing; ganga e. e-u, to retain a thing, Fms. x. 5.
    γ. verbs denoting to expect; bíða, vænta e. e-u, to expect, wait for a thing; vaka e. e-m, to sit up waiting for one, but vaka yfir e-m, to sit up nursing or watching one, cp. Fas. ii. 535.
    II. denoting along, in the direction of a track, road, or the like; niðr e. hálsinum, down the hill, Fms. iii. 192; út e. firði, stood out along the firth, i. 37; innar e. höllinni, Nj. 270; upp e. dal, Eb. 232; ofan e. dalnum, Nj. 34; ofan e. eyrunum, 143; upp e. eyrunum, 85; innar e. búðinni, 165; út e. þvertrénu, 202; ofan e. reykinum, Eb. 230; inn e. Skeiðum, 224; inn e. Álptafirði, id.; innar e. ísum, 236; inn e. ísum, 316; út e. ísnum, 236; út e. Hafsbotnum, Orkn. 1; e. endilöngu, from one end to another, Fms. x. 16; e. miðju, along the middle, vii. 89.
    2. metaph. after, according to; e. því sem vera ætti, Ld. 66; e. sið þeirra ok lögum, Fms. i. 81; e. þínum fortölum, ii. 32; hann leiddisk e. fortölum hennar, he was led by her persuasion, v. 30; gékk allt e. því sem Hallr hafði sagt, Nj. 256; gékk allt e. því sem honum hafði vitrað verit, all turned out as he had dreamed, Fms. ii. 231; e. minni vísan, i. 71.
    β. denoting proportion, comparison; þó eigi e. því sem faðir hans var, yet not like his father, Eg. 702; fátt manna e. því sem hann var vanr, few men in comparison to what he used to have, Sturl. ii. 253; þat var orð á, at þar færi aðrar e., people said that the rest was of one piece, Ld. 168.
    γ. with verbs denoting imitation, indulgence, longing after, etc.; lifa e. holdi sínu, to live after the flesh, Hom. 25; lifa e. Guði, 73; lifit e. mér, follow after me, Blas. 45; láta e. e-m, to indulge one; mæla e. e-m, to take one’s part, Nj. 26: breyta e. e-m, to imitate; dæma e. e-m, to give a sentence for one, 150; fylgja e. e-m, to follow after one, N. T.; herma e. e-m, to mimic one’s voice and gesture, as a juggler; mun ek þar e. gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I will do after just as you do before, Nj. 90; hann mælti e. ( he repeated the words) ok stefndi rangt, 35; leika e. e-m, to follow one’s lead; telja e., to grudge; langa e., to long after, Luke xxii. 15.
    δ. kalla, heita e. e-m, to name a child after one; kallaði Hákon eptir föður sínum Hákoni, Fms. i. 14; kallaðr e. Mýrkjartani móður-föður sínum, Ld. 108: lcel. now make a distinction, heita í höfuðit á e-m, of a living person, and heita e. e-m, of one deceased.
    III. denoting behind; fundusk e. þeim Írskar bækr, Irish books were found which they had left behind, Landn. (pref.), Fms. xi. 410; draga þik blindan e. sér, vi. 323; bera e-t e. sér, to drag behind one; hann leiddi e. sér hestinn, he led the horse after him, Eg. 766.
    β. as an adv., þá er eigi hins verra e. ván er slíkt ferr fyrir, what worse can come after, when such things went before? Nj. 34.
    2. but chiefly ellipt. or adverb.; láta e., to leave behind, Sturl. i. 60; sitja e., to sit, stay behind, Fms. i. 66; bíða e., to stay behind; vera e., Grett. 36 new Ed., Bs. i. 21; standa e., to stay behind, remain, be left, Fms. ii. 231, vi. 248; dveljask e., to delay, stop, Sturl. ii. 253; leggja e., to lay behind, but liggja e., to lie behind, i. e. be left, Karl. 439; eiga e., to have to do, Nj. 56; ef ekki verðr e., if naught remain behind, Rb. 126; skammt get ek e., þinnar æfi, I guess that little is left of thy life, Nj. 182; þau bjoggu þar e., they remained, stayed there. 25.
    B. WITH ACC., TEMP, after; vetri e. fall Ólafs, Eb. (fine); sextán vetrum e. dráp Eadmundar konungs …, vetrum e. andlát Gregorii, … e. burð Christi, Íb. 18; e. fall jarls, Eg. 297; e. verk þessi, Nj. 85: esp. immediately after, var kom e. vetr, spring came after winter, Eg. 260; hvern dag e. annan, one day after another, Hom. 158; ár e. ár, year after year, Rb. 292; dag e. dag, day after day, Fms. ii. 231; e. þat, or e. þetta, after that, Lat. deinde, deinceps, Nj. 151, Eb. 58, Bs. i. 5, etc. etc.; e. þingit, after the meeting, Eb. 108; e. sætt Eyrbyggja, 252.
    2. denoting succession, inheritance, remembrance, etc.; eptir in this sense is frequent on the Runic stones, to the memory of, after; hón á arf allan e. mik, Nj. 3; tekit í arf e. föður þinn, inherited after thy father, Fms. i. 256; ef skapbætendr eru eigi til e. bauga, i. e. to receive the weregild, Grág. ii. 184; þeir er sektar-fé eiga at taka e. þik, Nj. 230; tók konungdóm e. föður sinn, took the kingdom after his father, Fms. i. 2; Þorkell tók lögsögu e. Þórarinn, Thorkel took the speakership after Thorarin, Íb. ch. 5, cp. ch. 8, 10: metaph., vita þá skömm e. sik, to know that shame [ will be] after one, i. e. leave such a bad report, Ld. 222; skaði mikill er e. menn slíka, there is a great loss in such men, Eg. 93; hann fastaði karföstu e. son sinn, he fasted the lenten fast after his son’s death, Sturl. ii. 231; sonr … e. genginn guma, a son to succeed his deceased father, Hm. 71; mæla e. en, or eiga vígsmál (eptir-mál) e. e-n, to conduct the suit after one if slain, Nj. 254 (freq.), hence eptir-mál; eptir víg Arnkels vóru konur til erfðar ok aðildar, Eb. 194; í hefnd e. e-n, to revenge one’s death, Nj. 118; heimta gjöld e. menn sína, to claim weregild, Fms. viii. 199.
    β. the phrase, vera e. sig, to be weary after great exertion.
    II. used as adv. after; síðan e. á öðrum degi, on the second day thereafter, Hom. 116: síðan e., Lat. deinceps, Fms. x. 210; um várit e., the spring after, Eb. 125 new Ed.; annat sumar e., the second summer after, Nj. 14; annat haust e., Eb. 184; annan dag e., the second day after, Nj. 3; um daginn e., the day after, Fms. vii. 153, Bs. i. 21; næsta mánuð e., Rb. 126.
    β. by placing the adverb. prep. at the beginning the sense becomes different, later; e. um várit, later during the spring, Eb. 98.
    III. used adverb. with the relat. particles er, at; e. er, Lat. postquam, Grág. i. 10; e. at, id., K. Þ. K. 32.
    β. eptir á, afterward; the proverb, eptir (mod. eptir á) koma ósvinnum ráð í hug, the fool is wise too late, Vápn. 17, Fas. i. 98; eptir á, kvað hinn …, ‘ after a bit,’ quoth the …, (a proverb.)

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > EPTIR

  • 25 поставить вопрос на голосование

    1) General subject: put a question to a vote
    3) leg.N.P. put the question, put the question to a vote, put to the vote

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > поставить вопрос на голосование

  • 26 a lua pulsul adunării

    to take the sense / the pulse of the meeting.

    Română-Engleză dicționar expresii > a lua pulsul adunării

  • 27 просить собрание высказать свое мнение

    (debates) take the sense / the consensus of opinion of the meeting

    4000 полезных слов и выражений > просить собрание высказать свое мнение

  • 28 определить мнение собрания

    Makarov: take the sense of the meeting (путём голосования, опроса)

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > определить мнение собрания

  • 29 определить мнение собрания голосованием

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > определить мнение собрания голосованием

  • 30 определить настроение собрания

    Makarov: take the sense of the meeting (путём голосования, опроса)

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > определить настроение собрания

  • 31 EIGA

    * * *
    I)
    (á, átta, áttr), v.
    1) to own, possess (Starkaðr átti hest góðan);
    2) to have (eiga börn, föður, móður, vin);
    hann átti Gró, he was married to G.;
    hann gekk at eiga Þóru, he took Th. for his wife, he married Th.;
    enga vil ek þessa eiga, I will not marry any of these;
    eiga heima, to have a home, to live (þeir áttu heima austr í Mörk);
    eiga sér e-t = eiga e-t (Höskuldr átti sér dóttur, er Hallgerðr hét);
    eiga ván e-s, to have hope of a thing, to reckon upon;
    eiga hlut at or í e-u, to have a share in a thing, to be concerned in;
    eiga vald á e-u, to have within one’s power;
    3) to be under obligation, be obliged, have to do a thing;
    tólf menn, þeir er fylgð áttu með konungi, who were bound to attend the king’s person;
    á ek þar fyrir at sjá, I am bound (I have) to see to that;
    átti Hrútr för í Vestfjorðu, H. had to go to the V.;
    4) to have a right (claim) to, be entitled to (eiga högg ok höfn í skóginum);
    eiga mál í e-m, to have a charge against one;
    5) to keep, hold;
    eiga fund, þing, samkvámu, stefnu, to hold a meeting;
    eiga kaupstefnu, to hod a market;
    eiga orrustu við e-n, to fight a battle with one;
    eiga högg við e-n, to exchange blows with one;
    eiga illt við e-n, to quarrel with;
    eiga tal (or mál) við e-n, to speak, converse with one;
    6) as an auxiliary with pp. = hafa (þat er við áttum mælt);
    eiga skilit, to have stipulated;
    7) to have to (skal Þ. eigi at því eiga at spotta);
    eiga hendr sínar it verja, to have to act in self-defence;
    eiga um vandræði at halda, to be in a strait;
    8) eiga e-m e-t, to owe to one (mun æ, hvat þú átt þeim er veitir);
    þat muntu ætla, at ek mun eiga hinn bleika uxann, that the fawn-coloured ox means me;
    10) with preps.:
    eiga e-t at e-m, to have something due from one, to expect from one (þat vil ek eiga at þér, at þú segir mér frá ferð þinni);
    to deserve from one (ok á ek annat at þér);
    þeir er mikit þóttust at sér eiga, had much in their power;
    eiga e-t eptir, to have to do yet, to have left undone (þat áttu eptir, er erfiðast er, en þat er at deyja);
    to leave behind one (andaðist ok átti eptir tvá sonu vaxna);
    eiga e-t saman, to own in common;
    eiga skap saman, to agree well, be of one mind;
    eigi veit ek, hvárt við eigum heill saman, whether we shall live happy together;
    eiga saman, to quarrel, = eiga deild saman;
    eiga um við e-n, to have to deal with (við brögðótta áttu nú um);
    þar sem við vini mína er um at eiga, where my friends are concerned;
    eiga e-t undir e-m, to have in another’s hands;
    Njáll átti mikit fé undir Starkaði ok í Sandgili, N. had much money out at interest with St. and at Sandgil, er sá eigi vel staddr, er líf sitt á undir þinum trúnaði, whose life depends on thy good faith;
    eiga mikit (lítit) undir sér, to have much (little) in one’s power;
    far þú við marga menn, svá at þú eigir allt undir þér, that the whole matter rests in thy own hands;
    hann sá, at hann átti ekki undir sér, that he had no influence;
    eiga við e-n, to have to do with, fight with (brátt fundu þeir, at þeir áttu þar ekki við sinn maka);
    ekki á ek þetta við þik, this is no business between thee and me;
    eiga gott (illt) við e-n, to be on good (bad) terms with one;
    eiga við konu, to have intercourse with, = eiga lag (samræði) við konu;
    recipr., eigast við, to deal with one another; fight, quarrel;
    eigast við deildir, to be engaged in strife;
    áttust þeir höggvaskipti við, they exchanged blows with one another.
    f.
    kasta sinni eigu, leggja sína eigu, í e-t, to take possession of;
    * * *
    pret. átti; pret. subj. ætti, pres. eigi; pres. ind. á, 2nd pers. átt (irreg. eigr, Dipl. v. 24), pl. eigum, 3rd pers. pl. old form eigu, mod. eiga; imperat. eig and eigðu; sup. átt; with suffixed neg. pres. ind. 1st pers. á’k-at, 2nd pers. átt-attu; pret. subj. ættim-a: [Gr. ἔχω; Goth. aigan; A. S. âgan; Hel. êgan; O. H. G. eigan; Swed. äga; Dan. eje; Engl. to owe and own, of which the former etymologically answers to ‘eiga,’ the latter to ‘eigna’]:—to have, possess.
    A. ACT.
    I. denoting ownership, to possess:
    1. in a proper sense; allt þat góz sem þeir eiga eðr eigandi verða, D. N. i. 80; hann eigr hálfa jörðina, Dipl. v. 24; Björn hljóp þá á skútu er hann átti, Eb. 6; Starkaðr átti hest góðan, Nj. 89; þau áttu gnótt í búi, 257; hón á allan arf eptir mik, 3; átti hón auð fjár, Ld. 20; ef annarr maðr ferr með goðorð en sá er á, Grág. i. 159; annat vápnit, ok á þat Þorbjörn, en Þorgautr á þetta, Ísl. ii. 341; eignir þær er faðir hans hafði átt, Eb. 4; í ríki því er Dana konungar höfðu átt þar lengi, Fms. xi. 301, Rb. 494, Eb. 54, 118, 256, 328, Sturl. ii. 60, Eg. 118; e. saman, to own in common, Grág. i. 199; ef tveir menn eigo bú saman, ii. 44; e. skuld (at e-m), to be in debt, Engl. to owe; en ef hann átti engar skuldir, if he owed no debts, i. 128; þar til átti honum ( owed him) meistari Þorgeirr ok þá mörk, D. N. iv. 288 (Fr.); e. fé undir e-m, to be one’s creditor, Nj. 101; in mod. usage, e. fé hjá e-m, or ellipt., e. hjá e-m.
    2. in a special sense;
    α. eiga konu, to have her to wife; hann átti Gró, Eb. 16; hann átti Ynghvildi, 3; Þorgerðr er (acc.) átti Vigfúss, … Geirríðr er (acc.) átti Þórólfr, 18; hann gékk at eiga Þóru, he married Thora, id.; Þuríði hafði hann áðr átta, Thorida had been his first wife, 42; enga vil ek þessa e., I will not marry any of these, Nj. 22; Björn átti þá konu er Valgerðr hét, 213, 257; faðir Hróðnýjar er átti Þorsteinn, Landn. 90; Ásdísi átti síðar Skúli, S. was A.’s second husband, 88; Þorgerðr er átti Önundr sjóni, 89; Vigdís er átti Þorbjörn enn digri, 87; Árnþrúðr er átti Þórir hersir, 66; Húngerð er átti Svertingr, 6l, 86, and in numberless passages: old writers hardly ever say that the wife owns her husband—the passages in Edda 109 (vide elja) and Nj. 52 (til lítils kemr mér at eiga hinn vaskasta mann á Íslandi) are extraordinary—owing to the primitive notion of the husband’s ‘jus possessionis’ (cp. brúðkaup); but in mod. usage ‘eiga’ is used indiscriminately of both wife and husband; Icel. even say, in a recipr. sense, eigast, to own one another, to be married: þau áttust, they married; hann vildi ekki at þau ættist, hann bannaði þeim að eigast, he forbade them to marry:—to the ancients such a phrase was almost unknown, and occurs for the first time in K. Á. 114.
    β. eiga börn, to have children, of both parents; áttu þau Jófriðr tíu börn, J. and her husband had ten bairns, Eg. 708; hann átti dóttur eina er Unnr hét, Nj. 1; þau Þorsteinn ok Unnr áttu son er Steinn hét, Eb. 10, Nj. 91, 257; áttu þau Þórhildr þrjá sonu, 30; e. móður, föður, to have a mother, father, Eb. 98; vænti ek ok, at þú eigir illan föður, id.
    γ. the phrase, e. heima, to have a home; þeir áttu heima austr í Mörk, Nj. 55; því at ek tek eigi heim í kveld, þar sem ek á heima út á Íslandi, 275; in mod. usage = to live, abide, in regard to place, cp. the questions put to a stranger, hvað heitir maðrinn? hvar áttu heima? used in a wider sense than búa.
    δ. eiga sér, to have, cp. ‘havde sig’ in Dan. ballads; Höskuldr átti sér dóttur er Hallgerðr hét, Nj. 3; ef hann á sér í vá veru, Hm. 25, (freq. in mod. use.)
    3. without strict notion of possession; e. vini, óvini, to have friends, enemies, Nj. 101; hverja liðveizlu skal ek þar e. er þú ert, what help can I reckon upon from thee? 100; e. ván e-s, to have hope of a thing, to reckon upon, 210; e. til, to have left; ekki eigu it annat til ( there is nothing left for you) nema at biðja postulann. Jóh. 623. 22: in mod. usage e. til means to own, to have left; hann á ekkert til, he is void of means, needy; eiga góða kosti fjár, to be in good circumstances, Ísl. ii. 322; e. vald á e-u, to have within one’s power, Nj. 265; the phrase, e. hlut at e-u, or e. hlut í e-u, to have a share, be concerned with; eptir þat átti hann hlut at við mótstöðumenn Gunnars, 101, 120; þar er þú ættir hlut at, where thou wast concerned, 119; mik uggir at hér muni eigi gæfu-menn hlut í e., 179: hence ellipt., e. í e-u, to be engaged in, chiefly of strife, adversity, or the like; thus, e. í stríði, fátaekt, baráttu, to live, be deep in struggle, want, battle, etc.
    II. denoting duty, right, due, obligation:
    1. to be bound, etc.; þeir menn er fylgð áttu með konungi, the men who owed following to (i. e. were bound to attend) the king’s person, Fms. vii. 240; á ek þar fyrir at sjá, I am bound to see to that, Eg. 318; Tylptar-kviðr átti um at skilja, Eb. 48; þeir spurðu hvárt Njáli þætti nokkut e. at lýsa vígsök Gunnars, Nj. 117; nú áttu, Sigvaldi, now is thy turn, now ought thou, Fms. xi. 109, Fs. 121; menn eigu ( men ought) at spyrja at þingfesti, Grág. i. 19; þá á þann kvið einskis meta, that verdict ought to be void, 59; ef sá maðr á ( owns) fé út hér er ómagann á ( who ought) fram at færa, 270; nú hafa þeir menn jammarga sem þeir eigu, as many as they ought to have, ii. 270; tíunda á maðr fé sitt, … þá á hann þat at tíunda, … þá á hann at gefa sálugjafir, i. 202:—‘eiga’ and ‘skal’ are often in the law used indiscriminately, but properly ‘ought’ states the moral, ‘shall’ the legal obligation,—elska skalt þú föður þinn og móður, þú skalt ekki stela, where ‘átt’ would be misplaced; sometimes it is merely permissive, gefa á maðr vingjafir at sér lifanda, ef hann vill, a man ‘may’ whilst in life bequeath to his friends, if he will, id.; maðr á at gefa barni sínu laungetnu tólf aura, ef hann vill, fyrir ráð skaparfa sinna, en eigi meira nema erfingjar lofi, a man ‘may’ bequeath to the amount of twelve ounces to his illegitimate child without leave of the lawful heir, etc., 203; ef þat á til at vilja, if that is to happen, Fas. i. 11.
    2. denoting claim, right, to own, be entitled to, chiefly in law phrases; e. dóm, sakir, to own the case, i. e. be the lawful prosecutor; ok á sá þeirra sakir, er …, Grág. i. 10; eðr eigu þeir eigi at lögum, or if they be not entitled to it, 94; e. mál á e-m, to have a charge against one, Nj. 105; e. rétt á e-u, to own a right; sá sem rétt á á henni, who has a right to her, K. Á. 16; þeir sögðu at þeim þótti slíkr maðr mikinn rétt á sér e., such a man had a strong personal claim to redress, Nj. 105; hence the phrase, eiga öngan rétt á sér, if one cannot claim redress for personal injury; þá eigu þeir eigi rétt á sér, then they have no claim to redress whatever, Grág. i. 261; e. sök, saka-staði á e-u, to have a charge against; þat er hann átti öngva sök á, Nj. 130; saka-staði þá er hann þótti á eiga, 166; kalla Vermund eigi ( not) eiga at selja sik, said V. had no right to sell them, Eb. 116: hence in mod. usage, eiga denotes what is fit and right, þú átt ekki að göra það, you ought not; eg ætti ekki, I ought not: in old writers eiga is seldom strictly used in this sense, but denotes the legal rather than the moral right.
    β. eiga fé at e-m (mod. e. hjá e-m), to be one’s creditor, Grág. i. 90, 405, Band. 1 C: metaph. to deserve from one, ok áttu annat at mér, Nj. 113; e. gjafir at e-m, 213; in a bad sense, kváðusk mikit e. at Þráni, they had much against Thrain, 138.
    γ. the law phrase, e. útkvæmt, fært, to have the right to return, of a temporary exile, Nj. 251: at hann skyli eigi e. fært út hingat, Grág. i. 119; ok á eigi þingreitt, is not allowed to go to the parliament, ii. 17; e. vígt, Grág., etc.
    III. denoting dealings or transactions between men (in a meeting, fight, trade, or the like), to keep, hold; þætti mér ráðliga at vér ættim einn fimtardóm, Nj. 150; e. orrustu við e-n, to fight a battle, Fms. i. 5, Eg. 7; e. högg við e-n, to exchange blows, 297; e. vápna-viðskipti, id., Fms. ii. 17; eiga handsöl at e-u, to shake hands, make a bargain, x. 248; e. ráð við e-n, to consult, hold a conference with, Nj. 127; e. tal við e-n, to speak, converse with one, 129; e. mál við e-n, id., Grág. i. 10; e. fund, to hold a meeting, Nj. 158; e. þing, samkvámu, stefnu, to hold a meeting, Eg. 271; þetta haust áttu menn rétt (a kind of meeting) fjölmenna, Eb. 106; e. kaupstefnu, to hold a market, exchange, 56; e. féránsdóm, Grág. i. 94; e. gott saman, to live well together, in peace and goodwill, Ld. 38; e. illt við e-n, to deal ill with, quarrel with, Nj. 98; e. búisifjar, q. v., of intercourse with neighbours, Njarð. 366; e. drykkju við e-n, to be one’s ‘cup-mate,’ Eg. 253; e. við e-n, to deal with one; ekki á ek þetta við þik, this is no business between thee and me, Nj. 93; gott vilda ek við alla menn e., I would live in goodwill with all, 47; e. við e-n, to fight one; eigum vér ekki við þá elligar (in a hostile sense), else let us not provoke them, 42; eðr hvárt vili it Helgi e. við Lýting einn eðr bræðr hans báða, 154; brátt fundu þeir, at þeir áttu þar eigi við sinn maka, Ld. 64; Glúmr kvað hann ekki þurfa at e. við sik, G. said he had no need to meddle with him, Glúm. 338; e. um að vera, to be concerned; ekki er við menn um at e., Nj. 97; þar sem við vini mína er um at e., where my friends are concerned, 52; við færi er þá um at e., ef Kári er einn, there are fewer to deal with, to fight, if K. be alone, 254; við brögðótta áttu nú um, Fms. v. 263; ætla ek at oss mun léttara falla at e. um við Svein einn, iv. 80; Sveinn svarar, at þeir áttu við ofrefli um at e., that they had to deal with odds, 165.
    β. almost as an auxiliary verb; e. skilt (skilit), to have stipulated; hafa gripina svá sem hann átti skill, Fms. vi. 160; þat átta ek skilit við þik, ii. 93; sem Hrani átti skilt, iv. 31; e. mælt, of oral agreement; sem vit áttum mælt með okkr, xi. 40; þá vil ek þat mælt e., 124: in mod. usage e. skilit means to deserve, eg á ekki þetta skilit af hér, etc.
    γ. sometimes used much like geta; við því átti Búi eigi gert, B. could not guard against that, Fms. i. 117, cp. xi. 109:—also, e. bágt, to be in a strait, poor, sickly; e. heimilt, to have at one’s disposal, Eb. 254.
    IV. to have to do; skal Þorleifr eigi ( not) e. at því at spotta, Eb. 224; e. hendr sínar at verja, to have to defend one’s own hands, to act in self-defence, Nj. 47; e. e-m varlaunað, to stand in debt to one, 181; e. um vandræði at halda, to be in a strait, Eb. 108; e. erindi, to have an errand to run, 250; en er þeir áttu um þetta at tala, when they had to talk, were talking, of this, Stj. 391; e. ríkis at gæta, to have the care of the kingdom, Nj. 126; en þó á ek hverki at telja við þik mægðir né frændsemi, i. e. I am no relation to thee, 213; ok ætti þeir við annan at deila fyrst, 111; e. mikið at vinna, to be much engaged, hard at work, 97; e. e-t eptir, to have left a thing undone, 56; e. för, ferð, to have a journey to take, 11, 12; hann átti þar fé at heimta, 261; e. eptir mikit at mæla, 88.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, e. mikit (lítið) ‘at’ ser, or ‘undir’ sér, to have much (or little) in one’s power; margir menn, þeir er mikit þóttusk at sér e., Sturl. i. 64; far þú við marga menn, svá at þú eigir allt undir þér, go with many men, so that thou hast the whole matter in thy hands, Ld. 250; en ávalt átta ek nokkuð undir mér, Vígl. 33; kann vera at hann eigi mikit undir sér, Fas. i. 37; eigum heldr undir oss ( better keep it in our own hands), en ganga í greipar þeim mæðginum, Fs. 37; sem þeir, er ekki eigu undir sér, who are helpless and weak, Þorst. St. 55; e. þykisk hann nokkut undir sér, i. e. he bears himself very proudly, Grett. 122; þetta ráð vil ek undir sonum mínum e., I will leave the matter in my sons’ hands, Valla L. 202; e. líf sitt undir e-m, to have one’s life in another’s hands, Grett. 154; mun ek nú senda eptir mönnum, ok e. eigi undir ójöfnuði hans, and trust him not, 110: hence in mod. usage, e. undir e-u, to risk; eg þori ekki að e. undir því, I dare not risk it: e. saman, to have or own in common; the saying, það á ekki saman nema nafnið, it has nothing but the name in common; rautt gull ok bleikt gull á ekki saman nema nafn eitt, Fms. v. 346: the proverb, þeygi á saman gamalt og ungt, Úlf. 3. 44; e. skap saman, to agree well; kemr þú þér því vel við Hallgerði, at it eigit meir skap saman, you are quite of one mind, Nj. 66; eigi veit ek hvárt við eigum heill saman, I know not whether we shall have luck, i. e. whether we shall live happy, together, 3.
    β. to deal with one another (sam-eign); er vér skulum svá miklu úgæfu saman e., that we are to have so much mischief between us, Nj. 201; e. e-t yfir höfði, to have a thing hanging over one’s head, Sks. 742.
    V. to agree with, to fit, to suit one:
    1. with acc., það á ekki við mig, it suits me not, it agrees not with me.
    2. with dat., medic. to agree, heal, the sickness in dat., thus the proverb, margt á við mörgu, cp. ‘similia similibus curantur,’ Vidal. ii. 109.
    3. absol. to apply to; at hann skyldi eigi trúa lágum manni rauðskeggjuðum, því at meistarinn átti þetta, the description suited to the master, Fms. xi. 433; þat muntu ætla, at ek muna e. hinn bleika uxann, that the dun ox means me, Vápn. 21.
    B. REFLEX., in a reciprocal sense, in the phrase, eigask við, to deal with one another, chiefly to fight; en er þeir höfðu langa hríð við átzk, when they had fought a long time, Eb. 238, 74; eigask við deildir, to be engaged in strife, 246; áttusk þeir höggva-viðskipti við, they came to a close fight, Fms. i. 38; áttusk þeir fá högg við, áðr …, they had a short fight before …, Eg. 297; fátt áttusk þeir við Þjóstólfr ok Þorvaldr, Thostolf and Thorwald had little to do with one another, kept aloof from each other, Nj. 18; var nú kyrt þann dag, svá at þeir áttusk ekki við, tbat day passed quietly, so that they came not to a quarrel, 222.
    β. to marry, vide above (A. I. 2).

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > EIGA

  • 32 vista

    f.
    1 sight, eyesight (sentido).
    tiene buena/mala vista, está bien/mal de la vista she has good/poor eyesight
    perder la vista to lose one's sight, to go blind
    corto de vista short-sighted
    vista cansada eyestrain
    2 watching.
    3 gaze (mirada).
    dirigió la vista hacia la pantalla she turned her eyes o gaze to the screen
    fijar la vista en to fix one's eyes on, to stare at
    a primera o simple vista at first sight, on the face of it (aparentemente)
    4 view (panorama).
    una habitación con vistas a room with a view
    con vistas al mar with a sea view
    vista frontal front view
    vista lateral side view
    vista panorámica bird's-eye-view
    5 hearing (law).
    6 court hearing, hearing, trial.
    7 customs inspector.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: ver.
    pres.subj.
    1st person singular (yo) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: vestir.
    * * *
    1 (visión) sight, vision
    2 (ojo) eye, eyes plural
    3 (panorama) view
    4 (aspecto) appearance, aspect, look
    5 (dibujo, cuadro, foto) view
    6 (intención) intention
    7 (propósito) outlook, prospect
    8 DERECHO trial, hearing
    1 view sing
    \
    a la vista at sight, on sight
    a la vista de todos (públicamente) in full view of everyone 2 (abiertamente) openly
    a primera vista / a simple vista at first sight
    a tantos días vista so many days after sight
    ver algo a vista de pájaro to have a a bird's-eye view of something
    actuar con mucha vista figurado to act with great foresight
    alzar la vista to raise one's eyes, look up
    apartar la vista de algo/alguien to look away from something/somebody
    bajar la vista to look down
    clavar la vista en algo / fijar la vista en algo to stare at something
    comerse algo/alguien con la vista figurado to devour something/somebody with one's eyes
    con vistas a (hacia) overlooking 2 (pensando en) with a view to, in anticipation of
    conocer a alguien de vista to know somebody by sight
    en vista de in view of, considering
    estar a la vista to be evident, be obvious
    hacer la vista gorda familiar to turn a blind eye
    no quitar la vista de encima figurado not to take one's eyes off
    poner a la vista to put on show
    quitar de la vista to take away
    ser agradable a la vista to be pleasing to the eye
    ser corto,-a de vista to be short-sighted
    tener la vista cansada to be suffering from eyestrain
    tener mala vista to have poor eyesight
    tener mucha vista figurado to be far-sighted
    tener vista de lince figurado to be eagle-eyed, have eyes like a hawk
    volver la vista atrás to look back
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) vision, eyesight
    2) view, sight
    3) glance, look
    * * *
    1. SF
    1) (=visión) sight, eyesight

    • nublarse la vista, se me nubló la vista — my eyes clouded over

    • perder la vista — to lose one's sight

    • tener buena/mala vista — to have good/bad eyesight

    vista cansada — (por defecto) longsightedness; (por agotamiento) eyestrain

    vista de águila, vista de lince — eagle eye

    tener vista de águila o de lince — to have eagle eyes, to have eyes like a hawk o a lynx

    2) (=ojos)
    a) (=órgano) eyes [pl]

    una luz que hiere la vista — a dazzling light, a light that hurts one's eyes

    • torcer la vista — to squint

    b) (=mirada)

    ¡vista a la derecha! — (Mil) eyes right!

    • aguzar la vista — (para ver a lo lejos) to screw one's eyes up; (para descubrir algo) to look sharp

    • alzar la vista — to look up

    • apartar la vista — to look away

    • bajar la vista — to look down, lower one's gaze

    • buscar algo con la vista — to look around for sth

    • clavar la vista en algn/algo — to stare at sb/sth, fix one's eyes on sb/sth

    • dirigir la vista a algn/algo — to look towards sb/sth, turn one's gaze on sb/sth

    • echar una vista a algn/algo — to take a look at sb/sth

    • fijar la vista en algn/algo — to stare at sb/sth, fix one's eyes on sb/sth

    • medir a algn con la vista — to size sb up

    • pasar la vista por algo — to look over sth, glance quickly at sth

    • con la vista puesta en la pared — with his eyes fixed on the wall

    con la vista puesta en la futura legislación medioambiental, la compañía ha sacado un nuevo modelo — in the light of the forthcoming environmental legislation, the company has launched a new model

    •¡ quítate de mi vista! — get out of my sight!

    • recorrer algo con la vista — to run one's eye over sth

    • seguir algo con la vista — to follow sth with one's eyes

    • volver la vista — to look away

    saltar a la vista —

    una cosa que salta a la vista es... — one thing that immediately hits o strikes you is...

    salta a la vista que... — it's blindingly obvious that...

    3) (=perspicacia) foresight

    tuvieron vista para comprar las acciones — they showed foresight in buying the shares, it was shrewd of them to buy the shares

    4) (=panorama) view

    • con vistas a, con vistas a la montaña — with a view of the mountains

    una habitación con vistas al mar — a room with a sea view, a room overlooking the sea

    vista anterior, vista frontal — front view

    5) (Fot) (=imagen) view
    a)

    • a la vista — in sight o view

    no es muy agradable a la vista — it's not a pretty sight, it's not very pleasant to look at

    cuenta a la vista — (Econ) instant access account

    a la vista está (que...) — it's obvious (that...), you can see for yourself (that...)

    a la vista, no son pobres — from what you can tell, they're not poor

    • a la vista de todos — in full view (of everyone)

    a la vista de sus informes — in the light of o in view of his reports

    • poner algo a la vista — to put sth on view

    b)

    •a... años/días vista, pagadero a 30 días vista — payable within 30 days

    a un año vista de las elecciones — (=antes) a year before the elections

    a cinco años vista — (=después) five years from then

    c)

    • con vistas a — with a view to

    d)

    •de vista — by sight

    •en vista de — in view of

    en vista de que... — in view of the fact that...

    •¡ hasta la vista! — see you!, so long!

    • a primera vista — at first sight, on the face of it

    • a simple vista — (=sin ayuda de aparatos) to the naked eye; (=por la primera impresión) at first sight

    7) (=aspecto) appearance, looks [pl]

    de vista poco agradable — not very nice to look at, unprepossessing

    8) (Jur) hearing
    9) pl vistas ( Hist) meeting [sing], conference [sing]
    2.
    SMF (tb: vista de aduana) customs official
    * * *
    I
    masculino y femenino customs officer o official
    II
    1)
    a) ( sentido) sight, eyesight

    tener buena/mala vista — to have good/bad eyesight

    b) ( ojos) eyes
    c) ( perspicacia) vision
    2)
    a) ( mirada)

    alzar or levantar/bajar la vista — to look up/down

    torcer la vista — to be cross-eyed, to have a squint

    b) ( espectáculo) sight

    a la vista: tierra a la vista! land ho!; ponlo bien a la vista put it where it can be seen easily; estar/no estar a la vista to be within/out of sight; pagar al portador y a la vista pay the bearer at sight; cuenta corriente a la vista sight account; a la vista de todos in full view of everyone; ¿tienes algún proyecto a la vista? do you have any projects in view?; a primera or a simple vista at first sight o glance; se notaba a simple vista you could tell just by looking; con vistas a with a view to; de vista by sight; en vista: tener algo/a alguien en vista to have something/somebody in mind; en vista de in view of; en vista de que... in view of the fact that...; hasta la vista! see you!, so long! (colloq); a vista de pájaro: ver algo a vista de pájaro to get a bird's-eye view of something; a vista y paciencia de alguien (Chi, Per fam) in front of somebody; hacer la vista gorda to turn a blind eye; perder algo/a alguien de vista to lose sight of something/somebody; al terminar la carrera los perdí de vista I lost touch with them when we graduated; perderse de vista to disappear from view; saltar a la vista: lo primero que salta a la vista es el color que tiene the first thing that hits o strikes you is the color; salta a la vista que hicieron trampa it's obvious they cheated; tener la vista puesta en algo/alguien to have one's eye on something/somebody; tener vista de águila or lince to have eyes like a hawk; volver la vista atrás — to look back

    4) ( panorama) view
    5) (Der) hearing

    la vista del juicio se celebrará el... — the hearing will take place on...

    6) (Com, Fin)
    * * *
    I
    masculino y femenino customs officer o official
    II
    1)
    a) ( sentido) sight, eyesight

    tener buena/mala vista — to have good/bad eyesight

    b) ( ojos) eyes
    c) ( perspicacia) vision
    2)
    a) ( mirada)

    alzar or levantar/bajar la vista — to look up/down

    torcer la vista — to be cross-eyed, to have a squint

    b) ( espectáculo) sight

    a la vista: tierra a la vista! land ho!; ponlo bien a la vista put it where it can be seen easily; estar/no estar a la vista to be within/out of sight; pagar al portador y a la vista pay the bearer at sight; cuenta corriente a la vista sight account; a la vista de todos in full view of everyone; ¿tienes algún proyecto a la vista? do you have any projects in view?; a primera or a simple vista at first sight o glance; se notaba a simple vista you could tell just by looking; con vistas a with a view to; de vista by sight; en vista: tener algo/a alguien en vista to have something/somebody in mind; en vista de in view of; en vista de que... in view of the fact that...; hasta la vista! see you!, so long! (colloq); a vista de pájaro: ver algo a vista de pájaro to get a bird's-eye view of something; a vista y paciencia de alguien (Chi, Per fam) in front of somebody; hacer la vista gorda to turn a blind eye; perder algo/a alguien de vista to lose sight of something/somebody; al terminar la carrera los perdí de vista I lost touch with them when we graduated; perderse de vista to disappear from view; saltar a la vista: lo primero que salta a la vista es el color que tiene the first thing that hits o strikes you is the color; salta a la vista que hicieron trampa it's obvious they cheated; tener la vista puesta en algo/alguien to have one's eye on something/somebody; tener vista de águila or lince to have eyes like a hawk; volver la vista atrás — to look back

    4) ( panorama) view
    5) (Der) hearing

    la vista del juicio se celebrará el... — the hearing will take place on...

    6) (Com, Fin)
    * * *
    vista1
    1 = sight, eyesight.

    Ex: The seers -- the sybils and prophets -- of Michelangelo's Sistine Ceiling reveal imperfections of bodily sight (such as near- and far-sightedness), emphasizing their spiritual foresight.

    Ex: Often microform makes users aware of hitherto unnoticed eyesight defects.
    * a la vista = in sight, within sight.
    * a la vista de = in light of, in the light of.
    * algo desagradable a la vista = a blot on the landscape.
    * amor a primera vista = love at first sight.
    * a ojos vista = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes.
    * apartar la vista = look + the other way.
    * a + Posesivo + vista = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes.
    * a primera vista = on first acquaintance, at first sight, on first inspection, on the face of it, at first blush, at first glance, on the surface, prima facie, first-blush.
    * a simple vista = by the naked eye, superficially, on first thought.
    * a vista de pájaro = bird's eye view.
    * cansar la vista = cause + eyestrain.
    * con problemas de vista = vision impaired.
    * con vistas a = with an eye toward(s), overlook.
    * con vistas a (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).
    * con vistas a + Nombre = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * corto de vista = nearsighted [near-sighted].
    * desagradable a la vista = eyesore.
    * de vista aguda = sharp-eyed.
    * empeoramiento de la vista = failing eyesight.
    * en vista de = in light of, in the face of, in the light of, in view of.
    * en vista de que = seeing that/as.
    * fuera de la vista = out of view.
    * hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.
    * hasta donde alcanza la vista = as far as the eye can see.
    * levantar la vista = look up.
    * mala vista = poor eyesight.
    * no perder de vista = keep + an eye on, keep + a beady eye on, keep in + sight.
    * no volver la vista atrás = never + look back.
    * perder de vista = lose from + sight, drop from + sight, lose + sight of.
    * perder de vista el hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.
    * perder la vista = become + blind.
    * personas con problemas de vista, las = visually impaired, the, visually disabled, the, visually handicapped, the, visually impaired people (VIPs), visually challenged, the.
    * persona sin problemas de vista = sighted person.
    * plan de adquisición de material a vista = approval plan.
    * problemas con la vista = poor eyesight.
    * regalarse la vista con = feast + Posesivo + eyes on.
    * saltar a la vista = be patently clear.
    * sin perder de vista = with an eye on.
    * sin problemas de vista = sighted.
    * tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.
    * todo está a la vista = what you see is what you get.
    * torcer la vista = squint.
    * vista cansada = visual fatigue, eyestrain [eye strain], presbyopia.
    * vista fatigada = eyestrain [eye strain].
    * volver la vista atrás = look back.

    vista2
    * adoptar un punto de vista = embrace + view.
    * analizar desde un punto de vista crítico = cast + a critical eye over.
    * argumento que presenta sólo un punto de vista = one-sided argument.
    * argument que presenta los dos puntos de vista = two-sided argument.
    * ¡Barco a la vista! = Ship ahoy!.
    * comprender un punto de vista = take + point.
    * desde cualquier punto de vista = by any standard(s).
    * desde el punto de vista de la nutrición = in terms of, from the vantage of, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, mitotically, nutritionally speaking, nutritionally.
    * desde el punto de vista del trabajador = in the trenches.
    * desde el punto de vista de la archivística = archivally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la calidad = on quality grounds.
    * desde el punto de vista de la competitividad = competitively.
    * desde el punto de vista de la conservación = preservationally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la cultura = culturally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la estética = aesthetically [esthetically, -USA].
    * desde el punto de vista de la funcionalidad = functionally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la informática = computationally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la logística = logistically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la medicina = medically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la música = musically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la notación = notationally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la química = chemically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la realidad = factually.
    * desde el punto de vista de las matemáticas = mathematically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la tonalidad = tonally.
    * desde el punto de vista del contexto = contextually.
    * desde el punto de vista del estilo = stylistically.
    * desde el punto de vista del funcionamiento = operationally.
    * desde el punto de vista del + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.
    * desde el punto de vista de los hechos = factually.
    * desde el punto de vista del uso = in terms of use.
    * desde el punto de vista de + Nombre = in + Nombre + eyes.
    * desde el punto de vista judicial = judicially.
    * desde el punto de vista lingüístico = linguistically.
    * desde el punto de vista político = politically.
    * desde este punto de vista = viewed in this light.
    * desde mi punto de vista = in my opinion, in my view, in my books.
    * desde + punto de vista = against + backdrop.
    * desde todos los puntos de vista = in every sense.
    * desde un punto de vista académico = academically.
    * desde un punto de vista antropológico = anthropologically.
    * desde un punto de vista clínico = medically, clinically.
    * desde un punto de vista crítico = judgmentally [judgementally], with a critical eye, critically.
    * desde un punto de vista económico = economically, monetarily.
    * desde un punto de vista estrictamente técnico = technically speaking.
    * desde un punto de vista étnico = ethnically.
    * desde un punto de vista filosófico = philosophically.
    * desde un punto de vista general = in a broad sense.
    * desde un punto de vista histórico = historically.
    * desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.
    * desde un punto de vista más general = in a broader sense.
    * desde un punto de vista médico = medically.
    * desde un punto de vista medioambiental = environmentally.
    * desde un punto de vista monetario = monetarily.
    * desde un punto de vista morfológico = morphologically.
    * desde un punto de vista operativo = operationally.
    * desde un punto de vista racista = racially + Adjetivo.
    * desde un punto de vista religioso = religiously.
    * desde un punto de vista socioeconómico = socioeconomically.
    * desde un punto de vista técnico = technically.
    * fiel desde el punto de vista de la historia = historically accurate.
    * manifestar un punto de vista = air + view.
    * neutral desde el punto de vista de la raza = race-neutral.
    * no concebirse desde ningún punto de vista = be impossible under any hypothesis.
    * promover un punto de vista = promote + view.
    * punto de vista = angle, point of view, side, stance, standpoint, view, viewpoint, outlook, eye, world view [worldview/world-view], bent of mind.
    * sostener un punto de vista = assert + view, hold + point of view.
    * tener en cuenta un punto de vista = contemplate + view.
    * tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint.
    * ver Algo desde el punto de vista + Adjetivo = view + Nombre + through + Adjetivo + eyes.
    vista3
    3 = outlook, vista, sight, view.

    Ex: This provides the user with a pleasant outlook and gives natural light.

    Ex: From the library she could see miles and miles of unobstructed vistas of rich, coffee-brown, almost black soil, broken only by occasional small towns, farms, and grain elevators.
    Ex: There was something inexpressibly poignant about the sight of the once powerful Roger Balzac sitting quiescently like a victim in a noose across the desk from him.
    Ex: Just as long as she has a nice view from her kitchen window she doesn't care about the rest of the world.
    * contemplar una vista = contemplate + view.
    * ofrecer una vista = afford + a view.
    * sin vistas = viewless.
    * tener vistas a = overlook.
    * ¡Tierra a la vista! = Land ahoy!, Land ho!.
    * una vista digna de contemplar = a sight to behold.
    * una vista digna de ver = a sight to behold.
    * vista agradable = a sight for sore eyes.
    * vista a la sierra = mountain view.
    * vista a las montañas = mountain view.
    * vista al mar = sea view.
    * vista a ojo de pájaro = bird's eye view.
    * vista a ras de suelo = worm's eye view.
    * vista asombrosa = breathtaking view.
    * vista impresionante = breathtaking view.
    * vista panorámica = panorama, pan, sweeping view, grandstand view, panoramic view.
    * vista sobrecogedora = breathtaking view.

    vista4

    Ex: Both the newspapers and the unions want to cut their losses by concluding a deal in advance of a court hearing that is scheduled to decide on the original causes of the strike.

    * vista judicial = hearing, court hearing.
    * vista oral = oral hearing.

    vista5
    5 = view.
    Nota: En cartografía, representación plana con efecto de relieve en la que las líneas de fuga concurren en un punto de vista central correspondiente al ojo del observador.

    Ex: A view is a perspective representation of the landscape in which detail is shown as if projected on an oblique plane (e.g., a bird's eye view, panorama, panoramic drawing, worm's eye view).

    * * *
    customs officer o official
    A
    1 (sentido) sight, eyesight
    tengo buena vista I have good eyesight, my sight is good
    ser corto de vista to be shortsighted
    tener la vista cansada to have eyestrain
    la enfermedad le afectó la vista the illness affected his eyesight o his sight o his vision
    este paisaje tan bello es un regalo para la vista this beautiful scenery is a delight to behold
    perdió la vista en un accidente he lost his sight in an accident
    2 (ojos) eyes
    la luz me hace daño a la vista the light hurts my eyes
    lo han operado de la vista he's had an eye operation
    se le nubló la vista her eyes clouded over
    3 (perspicacia) vision
    tiene mucha vista para los negocios he's very shrewd o he has great vision when it comes to business
    B
    1
    (mirada): me contestó sin alzar or levantar la vista del libro she answered without looking up from the book o without raising her eyes from the book
    no me quitó la vista de encima she didn't take her eyes off me
    torcer la vista to be cross-eyed, to have a squint
    bajó la vista he looked down
    fijó la vista en el horizonte she fixed her eyes o her gaze on the horizon
    dirigió la vista hacia nosotros he looked toward(s) us
    se desmayó ante la vista del cadáver he fainted at the sight of the body
    C ( en locs):
    a la vista: ¡tierra a la vista! land ho!
    ponlo bien a la vista put it where it can be seen easily
    escóndelo, que no esté a la vista hide it somewhere out of sight
    pagar al portador y a la vista pay the bearer at sight
    no lo hagas aquí a la vista de todos don't do it here where everyone can see o in full view of everyone
    [ S ] fabricación a la vista del público workshop ( o factory etc) open for public viewing
    [ S ] café molido a la vista ( RPl); coffee ground while you wait
    ¿tienes algún proyecto a la vista? do you have any projects in view?
    a primera vista at first sight o glance
    a primera vista no parecía grave at first sight o glance it didn't look serious
    se notaba a simple vista que estaba enfermo you could tell he was ill just by looking at him
    con vistas a with a view to
    un acuerdo con vistas a las próximas elecciones a pact for the forthcoming elections
    con vistas a que nos lo financien with a view to their o them providing finance
    de vista by sight
    los conozco sólo de vista I only know them by sight
    en vista: ¿tienen a alguien en vista para el puesto? do you have anybody in mind for the job?
    estamos buscando casa — ¿ya tienen algo en vista? we're househunting — have you seen anything interesting yet?
    en vista de in view of
    en vista de que no podía ganar in view of the fact that she couldn't win
    en vista de que no llegaban, nos fuimos since they hadn't arrived, we left
    en vista del éxito obtenido, mejor me callo la boca ( iró hum); considering the success of my last comment ( o joke etc), I think I'd better keep my mouth shut ( iro hum)
    ¡hasta la vista! see you!, so long! ( colloq), until we meet again ( frml)
    a vista de pájaro: desde la torre vemos la ciudad a vista de pájaro from the tower we get a bird's-eye view of the city
    a vista y paciencia de algn (Chi, Per fam); in front of sb
    hace tiempo que no le echo la vista encima I haven't seen him for some time
    estar con or tener la vista puesta en algo/algn to have one's eye on sth/sb
    tiene la vista puesta en una chica de la oficina he's got his eye on a girl in the office
    hacer la vista gorda or ( Méx) de la vista gorda ( fam); to turn a blind eye, to pretend not to see
    perder algo/a algn de vista to lose sight of sth/sb
    vigílalo bien, no lo pierdas de vista keep a close eye on him, don't let him out of your sight
    no debemos perder de vista nuestro objetivo primario we must not lose sight of our main objective
    no pierdas de vista (el hecho de) que es un actor desconocido don't lose sight of o don't overlook the fact that he is an unknown actor
    ¡tengo unas ganas de perderlos de vista …! ( fam); I'll be glad to see the back of them! ( colloq)
    cuando terminamos la carrera los perdí de vista I lost touch with them when we graduated
    perderse de vista to disappear from view
    saltar a la vista: lo primero que salta a la vista es el color que tiene the first thing that hits o strikes you is the color
    ¿cómo no te diste cuenta? si saltaba a la vista I can't see how you failed to notice, it stood out a mile o it was so obvious
    salta a la vista que hicieron trampa it's obvious they cheated
    tener vista de águila or lince to have eyes like a hawk
    no vuelvas la vista atrás y piensa en el futuro don't look back, think of the future
    D
    1 (panorama) view
    una vista preciosa de la bahía a beautiful view of the bay
    la habitación tiene vista al mar the room overlooks the sea o has a sea view o looks out over the sea
    vista aérea aerial view
    2 (imagen) view
    3 ( fam)
    (aspecto): el plato tenía muy buena vista the dish looked delicious
    unos muebles de mucha vista some very attractive furniture
    E ( Der) hearing
    la vista del juicio se celebrará el día 27 the hearing will take place on the 27th
    Compuesto:
    hearing
    F ( Com, Fin):
    a 20 días vista within 20 days
    G vistas fpl (en costura) facings (pl)
    * * *

     

    Del verbo vestir: ( conjugate vestir)

    vista es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    vestir    
    vista
    vestir ( conjugate vestir) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹niño/muñeca› to dress



    2 (liter o period) ( llevar puesto) to wear
    verbo intransitivo
    1 [ persona] to dress;

    vista de algo ‹de uniforme/azul›) to wear sth;
    vista de etiqueta to wear formal dress
    2 ( ser elegante):

    de vista ‹traje/zapatos› smart
    vestirse verbo pronominal ( refl)

    ◊ date prisa, vístete hurry up, get dressed



    se viste a la última moda she wears the latest styles;
    siempre se viste de verde she always wears green
    c) ( disfrazarse) vistase de algo to dress up as sth

    vista sustantivo femenino
    1


    ser corto de vista to be near-sighted;
    perdió la vista he lost his sight;
    vista cansada eyestrain
    b) ( ojos) eyes;


    lo operaron de la vista he had an eye operation
    2 ( mirada):
    ◊ alzar/bajar la vista to look up/down

    3 ( en locs)

    estar/no estar a la vista to be within/out of sight;
    a la vista de todos in full view of everyone;
    ¿tienes algún proyecto a la vista? do you have any projects in view?;
    a primera or a simple vista at first sight o glance;
    con vistas a with a view to;
    en vista de in view of;
    en vista de que … in view of the fact that …;
    ¡hasta la vista! see you!, so long! (colloq);
    perder algo/a algn de vista to lose sight of sth/sb;
    perderse de vista to disappear from view
    4 ( panorama) view;

    vista aérea aerial view
    5 (Der) hearing
    vestir
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (poner la ropa a alguien) to dress
    frml to clothe
    2 (llevar puesto) to wear: vestía un traje gris, he was wearing a grey suit
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (llevar) to dress
    viste de rojo, she's wearing red
    vestir bien, to dress well
    (ser apropiado, elegante) to look smart
    visto,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 (considerado socialmente) estar bien visto, to be considered correct o acceptable
    estar mal visto, to be frowned upon/on
    2 (común, poco original) estar muy visto, not to be very original: ese reloj está muy visto, everybody is wearing watches like that
    3 fam (obvio) estar visto, to be obvious o clear
    4 (al parecer) por lo visto, apparently
    5 Jur visto para sentencia, ready for judgement
    II sustantivo masculino visto bueno, approval
    vista sustantivo femenino
    1 (sentido, visión) sight: le conozco de vista, I know him by sight
    ese edificio nos tapa la vista del río, the river is hidden from view by that building
    tienes buena vista, you have good eyesight
    corto de vista, shortsighted, US nearsighted
    (los ojos) me hace daño a la vista, it hurts my eyes
    2 (perspectiva, panorama) view
    con vistas a la calle, overlooking the street
    3 Jur hearing, trial
    ♦ Locuciones: familiar hacer la vista gorda, to turn a blind eye
    perder de vista, to lose sight of: el tren se perdió de vista, the train disappeared from view
    familiar ¡piérdete de mi vista!, get out of here!, get lost!
    (recordar) volver/echar la vista atrás, to look back
    a la vista, (dentro del campo visual) visible, within sight
    (previsto) tienen un viaje a la vista, they have a trip in mind
    a primera vista/a simple vista, (a la primera, directamente) at first sight o glance: amor a primera vista, love at first sight
    detectó el error a simple vista, he found the mistake straight away
    (con solo mirar) esa estrella no es visible a simple vista, that star isn't visible with the naked eye
    (en principio, al parecer) on the face of it
    con vistas a, with a view to
    en vista de, in view of, considering
    ' vista' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abarcar
    - aguda
    - agudo
    - alcance
    - ante
    - apartar
    - cantar
    - converger
    - corta
    - corto
    - dominar
    - esforzar
    - fijar
    - fina
    - fino
    - golpe
    - graduar
    - graduarse
    - herir
    - lince
    - novedosa
    - novedoso
    - nublarse
    - punto
    - recorrer
    - respetable
    - saltar
    - sesgar
    - versión
    - visión
    - volver
    - aéreo
    - agradable
    - alcanzar
    - amor
    - ángulo
    - cansar
    - chiribita
    - clavado
    - clavar
    - conocer
    - descansar
    - devolver
    - engañar
    - forzar
    - levantar
    - mirada
    - mirar
    - nublar
    - ojo
    English:
    acute
    - angle
    - aspect
    - avert
    - away
    - bird's-eye view
    - blind
    - blot out
    - clear
    - contention
    - delightful
    - dim
    - eagle-eyed
    - eye
    - eye-level
    - eyesight
    - eyestrain
    - face
    - glance
    - glorious
    - gorgeous
    - hearing
    - hide
    - in
    - jump out
    - look up
    - naked
    - note
    - obstruct
    - open out
    - oscillate
    - outlook
    - overlook
    - perspective
    - point
    - respect
    - scene
    - see
    - seeing
    - sense
    - sharp
    - sight
    - sight-reading
    - slant
    - splendid
    - standpoint
    - stare
    - strain
    - strained
    - surface
    * * *
    ♦ adj
    ver visto
    ♦ nf
    1. [sentido] (sense of) sight;
    [visión] eyesight; [ojos] eyes;
    tiene buena/mala vista, está bien/mal de la vista she has good/poor eyesight;
    la luz me hace daño a la vista the light hurts my eyes;
    se me nubló la vista my eyes clouded over;
    perder la vista to lose one's sight, to go blind;
    de vista: conocer a alguien de vista to know sb by sight;
    ¡hasta la vista! see you!;
    a vista de pájaro: Cartagena a vista de pájaro a bird's-eye view of Cartagena;
    hacer la vista gorda to turn a blind eye;
    no perder de vista algo/a alguien [vigilar] not to let sth/sb out of one's sight;
    [tener en cuenta] not to lose sight of sth/sb, not to forget about sth/sb;
    perder de vista algo/a alguien [dejar de ver] to lose sight of sth/sb;
    perder de vista a alguien [perder contacto] to lose touch with sb;
    perderse de vista [en la distancia] to disappear (from sight);
    salta a la vista [es evidente] it's blindingly o patently obvious;
    salta a la vista que es novato he is very obviously a beginner;
    salta a la vista su juventud [sorprende] one thing that strikes you is how young she is;
    tener una vista de águila o [m5] de lince to have an eagle eye
    vista cansada [por la edad] long-sightedness; [por el esfuerzo] eyestrain
    2. [mirada] gaze;
    dirigió la vista hacia la pantalla she turned her eyes o gaze to the screen;
    alzar/apartar/bajar la vista to look up/away/down;
    fijar la vista en to fix one's eyes on, to stare at;
    a primera o [m5] simple vista [aparentemente] at first sight, on the face of it;
    3. [observación] watching
    4. [panorama] view;
    una habitación con vistas a room with a view;
    con vistas al mar with a sea view
    vista aérea aerial view;
    vista panorámica panoramic view
    5. [perspicacia, discreción]
    tiene vista para las antigüedades she has a good eye for antiques;
    hay que tener más vista al decir las cosas you have to be more careful what you say
    6. Der hearing
    vista oral oral proceedings
    7. Com & Fin
    a la vista at sight;
    a pagar a 30 días vista payable within 30 days
    8. [plazo]
    a dos meses vista de las elecciones [antes] two months before the elections;
    [después] two months after the elections
    ♦ nm
    [empleado de aduanas] customs officer [responsible for checking baggage]
    ♦ a la vista loc adj
    1. [visible] visible;
    está a la vista [muy cerca] it's staring you in the face;
    ¡barco/tierra a la vista! ship/land ahoy!;
    no dejen objetos de valor a la vista dentro del autocar do not leave valuables lying around where they can be seen inside the coach
    2. [en perspectiva]
    no tengo planes a la vista I have no immediate plans;
    tenemos varios proyectos a la vista there are a number of possible projects on the horizon
    ♦ a la vista de loc prep
    1. [delante de] in full view of;
    ocurrió a la vista de todos it happened in full view of everybody;
    está a la vista de todos it's there for everybody to see
    2. [en vista de] in view of;
    a la vista de los resultados financieros… in view of the financial results…
    ♦ con vistas a loc prep
    [con la intención de] with a view to;
    se reunirán con vistas a negociar un nuevo convenio con la patronal they will meet with a view to negotiating a new agreeement with the employers;
    el ahorro con vistas al futuro saving for the future
    ♦ en vista de loc prep
    in view of, considering;
    en vista de lo ocurrido… considering what has happened…;
    en vista de que since, seeing as
    * * *
    I f
    1 (eye)sight;
    vista cansada MED tired eyes;
    tener buena/mala vista have good/bad eyesight;
    hacer la vista gorda fig fam turn a blind eye;
    tener vista para algo fig have a good eye for sth
    2 JUR hearing
    3
    :
    a la vista COM at sight, on demand
    :
    la ciudad a vista de pajaro a bird’s eye view of the city, the city seen from above;
    vista aérea FOT aerial view
    :
    con vistas a with a view to;
    en vista de in view of
    6
    :
    a simple vista with the naked eye;
    a primera vista at first sight;
    de vista by sight;
    estar a la vista be in sight;
    perder de vista lose sight of;
    no perder de vista niño etc not take one’s eyes off;
    a la vista de todos in full view of everyone;
    poner la vista en alguien/algo look at s.o./sth; tener intención de conseguir algo set one’s sights on s.o./sth;
    hasta la vista bye!, see you!
    II m/f
    :
    vista (de aduanas) customs official o officer
    * * *
    vista nf
    1) visión: vision, eyesight
    2) mirada: look, gaze, glance
    3) panorama: view, vista, panorama
    4) : hearing (in court)
    5)
    a primera vista : at first sight
    6)
    en vista de : in view of
    7)
    hacer la vista gorda : to turn a blind eye
    8)
    ¡hasta la vista! : so long!, see you!
    9)
    perder de vista : to lose sight of
    punto de vista : point of view
    * * *
    1. (visión) sight / eyesight
    2. (panorama) view
    a simple vista at first sight / at first glance

    Spanish-English dictionary > vista

  • 33 FARA

    go
    * * *
    (fer; fór, fórum; farinn), v.
    1) to move, pass along, go;
    gekk hann hvargi sem hann fór, he walked wherever he went;
    fara heim (heiman), to go home (from home);
    fara á fund e-s to visit one;
    fjöld ek fór, I travelled much;
    hann sagði, hversu orð fóru með þeim, what words passed between them;
    absol., to go begging (ómagar, er þar eigu at fara í því þingi);
    2) with ‘ferð, leið’ or the like added in acc., gen., or dat.;
    fara leiðar sinnar, to go one’s way, proceed on one’s journey (= fara ferðar sinnar or ferða sinna, fara ferð sina, fara för sina, förum sínum);
    fara þessa ferð, to make this journey;
    fara fullum dagleiðum, to travel a full days journeys;
    fara stefnuför, to go a-summoning;
    fara bónorðsför, to go a-wooing;
    fara sigrför, to go on the path of victory, to triumph;
    fara góða för, to make a lucky journey;
    fig., fara ósigr, to be defeated;
    fara mikinn skaða, to suffer great damage;
    fara hneykju, skömm, to incur disgrace;
    fara erendleysu, to fail in one’s errand;
    with the road in acc. (fara fjöll ok dala);
    3) fara búðum, bygðum, vistum, to move, change one’s abode;
    fara eldi ok arni, to move one’s hearth and fire;
    4) fara einn saman, to go alone;
    fara eigi ein saman, to go with child (= fara með barni);
    5) with infin.;
    fara sofa, to go to sleep (allir menn vóru sofa farnir);
    fara vega, to go to fight;
    fara leita, to go seeking (var leita farit);
    6) with an a., etc.;
    fara villr, to go astray;
    fara haltr, to walk lame;
    fara vanstiltr, to go out of one’s mind;
    fara duldr e-s, to be unaware of;
    fara andvígr e-m, to give battle;
    fara leyniliga (leynt), to be kept secret;
    eigi má þetta svá fara, this cannot go on in that way;
    fjarri ferr þat, far from it, by no means;
    fór þat fjarri, at ek vilda, I was far from desiring it;
    7) to turn out, end;
    fór þat sem líkligt var, it turned out as was likely (viz. ended ill);
    svá fór, at, the end was, that;
    ef svá ferr sem ek get til, if it turns out as I guess;
    á sómu leið fór um aðra sendimenn, it went the same way with the other messengers;
    8) to fare well, ill;
    biðja e-n vel fara, to bid one farewell;
    9) to suit, fit, esp. of clothes, hair (ekki þykkir mér kyrtill þinn fara betr en stakkr minn; hárit fór vel);
    impers., fór illa á hestinum, it sat ill on the horse;
    10) impers., e-m ferr vel, illa, one behaves or acts well, ill;
    honum hafa öll málin verst farit, he has behaved worst in the whole matter;
    e-m ferr vinveittliga, one behaves in a friendly way;
    11) fara e-t höndum, to touch with the hands, esp. of a healing touch, = fara höndum um e-t (bið hann fara höndum meinit);
    fara land herskildi, brandi, to visit a land with ‘warshield’, with fire, to ravage or devastate it (gekk síðan á land upp með liði sínu ok fór alit herskildi);
    12) to overtake (Án hrísmagi var þeirra skjótastr ok gat farit sveininn);
    tunglit ferr sólina, the moon overtakes the sun;
    áðr hana Fenrir fari, before F. overtakes her;
    13) to ill-treat, treat cruelly;
    menn sá ek þá, er mjök höfðu hungri farit hörund, that had chastened their flesh with much fasting;
    14) to put an end to, destroy;
    fara sér (sjálfr), to kill oneself;
    fara lífi (fjörvi) e-s, to deprive one of life;
    þú hefir sigr vegit ok Fáfni (dat.) um farit, killed F.;
    15) to forfeit (fara löndum ok lausafé);
    16) refl., farast;
    17) with preps. and advs.:
    fara af klæðum, to take off one’s clothes;
    fara at e-m, to make an attack upon, to assault (eigi mundi í annat sinn vænna at fara at jarlinum);
    fara at e-u, to mind, pay heed to;
    ekki fer ek at, þótt þú hafir svelt þik til fjár (it does not matter to me, I do not care, though);
    to deal with a thing, proceed in a certain way;
    fara at lögum, úlögum, to proceed lawfully, unlawfully;
    fara mjúkliga at, to proceed gently;
    hér skulu við fara at með ráðum, act with, deliberation;
    impers. with dat., to do, behave;
    illa hefir mér at farit, I have done my business badly; to go in pusuit (search) of (víkingar nökkurir þeir sem fóru at féföngum);
    fara at fuglaveiðum, to go a-fowling;
    fara at fé, to tend sheep;
    fara á e-n, to come upon one;
    sigu saman augu, þá er dauðinn fór á, when death seized him;
    fara á hæl or hæli, to step back, retreat;
    fara eptir e-m, to follow one;
    fara eptir e-u, to go for, go to fetch (Snorri goði fór eptir líkinu; fara eptir vatni); to accommodate oneself to, conform to (engi vildi eptir öðrum fara);
    þau orð er eptir fara, the following words;
    fara fram, to go on, take place;
    ef eigi ferr gjald fram, if no payment takes place;
    veizlan ferr vel fram, the feast went on well;
    spyrr, hvat þar fœri fram, he asked, what was going on there;
    fara fram ráðum e-s, to follow one’s advice;
    allt mun þat sínu fram fara, it will take its own course;
    kváðu þat engu gegna ok fóru sínu fram, took their own way;
    segir honum, hversu þeir fóru fram, how they acted;
    fara e-t fram, to do., perform a thing;
    spyrr hann, hvat nú sé fram faranda, what is to be done;
    fara fyrir e-t, to pass for, be taken for (fari sá fyrir níðing, er);
    fara hjá sér, to be beside oneself;
    fara í e-t, to go into (fara í tunnu);
    fara í sæng, rekkju, to go to bed;
    fara í sess sinn, sæti sitt, to take one’s seat;
    fara í klæði, to put on clothes, dress;
    fara í vápn, brynju, to put on armour;
    fara í lag, to go right or straight again (þá fóru brýnn hans í lag);
    fara í vöxt, to increase;
    fara í þurð, to wane;
    fara í hernað, víking, to go a-freebooting;
    nú ferr í úvænt efni, now matters look hopeless;
    to happen, occur (alit þat, er í hafði farit um nóttina);
    fara með e-t, to wield handle, manage;
    fór Hroptr með Gungni, H. wielded (the spear) Gungnir;
    fara með goðorð, to hold a goðorð;
    fara með sök, to manage a lawsuit;
    to practice, deal in;
    fara með rán, to deal in robbery;
    fara með spott ok háð, to go scoffing and mocking;
    fara með galdra ok fjölkyngi, to practice sorcery;
    to deal with, treat, handle (þú munt bezt ok hógligast með hann fara);
    fara af hljóði með e-t, to keep matters secret;
    fara með e-m, to go with one, follow one (ek skal með yðr fara með allan minn styrk);
    fara með e-u, to do (so and so) with a thing, to deal with, manage;
    hvernig þeir skyldu fara með vápnum sínum, what they were to do with their weapons;
    sá maðr, er með arfinum ferr, who manages the inheritance;
    fara með málum sínum, to manage one’s case;
    fara vel með sínum háttum, to bear oneself well;
    undarliga fara munkar þessir með sér, these monks behave strangely;
    fara með barni, to go with child;
    impers., ferr með þeim heldr fáliga, they are on indifferent terms;
    fara ór landi, to leave the country;
    fara ór klæðum, fötum, to take off one’s clothes, undress;
    fara saman, to go together; to shake, shudder;
    fór en forna fold öll saman, shivered all through;
    to concur, agree (hversu má þat saman f);
    fara til svefns, to go to sleep (= fara at sofa);
    fara um e-t, to travel over (fara um fjall);
    fara höndum um e-n, to stroke or touch one with the hands (hann fór höndum um þá, er sjúkir vóru);
    fara mörgum orðum um e-t, to dilate upon a subject;
    fara myrkt um e-t, to keep a matter dark;
    fara undan, to excuse oneself (from doing a thing), to decline, refuse (hvat berr til, at þú ferr undan at gera mér veizluna);
    borð fara upp, the tables are removed;
    fara út, to go from Norway to Iceland; to come to a close, run out (fóru svá út þessir fimm vetr);
    fara útan, to go abroad (from Iceland);
    fara við e-n, to treat one, deal with one in a certain way;
    margs á, ek minnast, hve við mik fóruð, I have many things to remember of your dealings with me;
    fara yfir e-t, to go through;
    nú er yfir farit um landnám, now an account of the settlements has been given;
    skjótt yfir at fara, to be brief.
    * * *
    pret. fóra, 2nd pers. fórt, mod. fórst, pl. fóru; pres. ferr, 2nd pers. ferr, in mod. pronunciation ferð; pret. subj. færa; imperat. far and farðu (= far þú); sup. farit; part. farinn; with the suffixed neg. fór-a, Am. 45; farið-a ( depart not), Hkr. i. 115 MS. (in a verse). [In the Icel. scarcely any other verb is in so freq. use as fara, as it denotes any motion; not so in other Teut. idioms; in Ulf. faran is only used once, viz. Luke x. 7; Goth. farjan means to sail, and this seems to be the original sense of fara (vide far); A. S. faran; the Germ. fahren and Engl. fare are used in a limited sense; in the Engl. Bible this word never occurs (Cruden); Swed. fara; Dan. fare.]
    A. NEUT. to go, fare, travel, in the widest sense; gékk hann hvargi sem hann fór, he walked wherever he went, Hkr. i. 100; né ek flý þó ek ferr, I fly not though I fare, Edda (in a verse); létt er lauss at fara (a proverb), Sl. 37: the saying, verðr hverr með sjálfum sér lengst at fara, Gísl. 25; cp. ‘dass von sich selbst der Mensch nicht scheiden kann’ (Göthe’s Tasso), or the Lat. ‘patriae quis exul se quoque fugit?’ usually in the sense to go, to depart, heill þú farir, heill þú aptr komir, Vþm. 4; but also to come, far þú hingat til mín, come here, Nj. 2.
    2. to travel, go forth or through, pass, or the like; þú skalt fara í Kirkjubæ, Nj. 74; fara ór landi, to fare forth from one’s country, Fms. v. 24; kjóll ferr austan, Vsp. 51; Surtr ferr sunnan, 52; snjór var mikill, ok íllt at fara, and ill to pass, Fms. ix. 491; fóru þeir út eptir ánni, Eg. 81; siðan fór Egill fram með skóginum, 531; þeim sem hann vildi at færi … Njáll hét at fara, Nj. 49; fara munu vér, Eg. 579; Egill fór til þess er hann kom til Álfs. 577, Fms. xi. 122; fara þeir nú af melinum á sléttuna. Eg. 747; fara heiman, to fare forth from one’s home, K. Þ. K. 6; alls mik fara tíðir, Vþm. 1; fjölð ek fór, far I fared, i. e. travelled far, 3: the phrase, fara utan, to fare outwards, go abroad (from Iceland), passim; fara vestr um haf, to fare westward over the sea, i. e. to the British Isles, Hkr. i. 101; fara á fund e-s, to visit one, Ld. 62; fara at heimboði, to go to a feast, id.; fara fæti, to fare a-foot, go walking, Hkr.; absol. fara, to travel, beg, hence föru-maðr, a vagrant, beggar; in olden times the poor went their rounds from house to house within a certain district, cp. Grág. i. 85; ómagar er þar eigu at fara í því þingi eðr um þau þing, id.; ómagar skolu fara, 119; omegð þá er þar ferr, 296: in mod. usage, fara um and um-ferð, begging, going round.
    β. with prep.: fara at e-m, to make an inroad upon one, Nj. 93, 94, 102 (cp. at-för); fara á e-n, to mount, e. g. fara á bak, to mount on horseback; metaph., dauðinn fór á, death seized him, Fms. xi. 150; f. saman, to go together, Edda 121, Grág. ii. 256; f. saman also means to shudder. Germ. zusammenfahren, Hým. 24: metaph. to concur, agree, hversu má þat saman f., Nj. 192; þeim þótti þat mjök saman f., Fms. iv. 382; fara á hæl, or á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. step back. retreat, xi. 278, Eg. 296; fara undan, metaph. to excuse oneself, refuse (v. undan), Nj. 23, Fms. x. 227; fara fyrir, to proceed; fara eptir, to follow.
    3. with ferð, leið or the like added, in acc. or gen. to go one’s way; fara leiðar sinnar, to proceed on one’s journey, Eg. 81, 477, Fms. i. 10, Grág. ii. 119; fara ferðar sinnar, or ferða sinna, id.. Eg. 180, Fms. iv. 125; fara derð sina, id.. Eg. 568; fara förum sínum, or för sinní, id., K. Þ. K. 80, 90; fara dagfari ok náttfari, to travel day and night, Fms. i. 203; fara fullum dagleiðum, to go full days-journeys, Grág. i. 91; or in a more special sense, fara þessa ferð, to make this journey, Fas. ii. 117; f. stefnu-för, to go a-summoning; f. bónorðs-för, to go a-courting, Nj. 148; f. sigr-för, to go on the way of victory, to triumph, Eg. 21; fara sendi-för, to go on a message, 540.
    β. in a metaph. sense; fara hneykju-för, to be shamefully beaten, Hrafn. 19 (MS.); fara ósigr, to be defeated, Eg. 287; fara mikinn skaða, to ‘fare’ (i. e. suffer) great damage, Karl. 43; fara því verrum förum, fara skömm, hneykju, erendleysu, úsæmð, to get the worst of it, Fms. viii. 125.
    4. with the road in acc.; hann fór Vánar-skarð, Landn. 226; f. sjó-veg, land-veg, K. Þ. K. 24; fór mörg lönd ok stórar merkr, Fas. ii. 540; fara sömu leið, Fms. i. 70; f. sama veg, Luke x. 31; f. fjöll ok dala, Barl. 104; fara út-leið, þjóð-leið, Fms. iv. 260; also, fara um veg, fara um fjall, to cross a fell, Hm. 3; fara liði, to march, Fms. i. 110.
    II. in a more indefinite sense, to go; fara búðum, bygðum, vistum, to move, change one’s abode, Ld. 56, Hkr. ii. 177, Nj. 151, Vigl. 30; fara búferla, to more one’s household, Grág. ii. 409; fara vöflunarförum, to go a-begging, i. 163, 294, ii. 482.
    2. the phrases, fara eldi ok arni, a law term, to move one’s hearth and fire. Grág. ii. 253; fara eldi um land, a heathen rite for taking possession of land, defined in Landn. 276. cp. Eb. 8, Landn. 189, 284.
    3. fara einn-saman, to be alone. Grág. ii. 9; the phrase, f. eigi einn-saman, to be not alone, i. e. with child, Fms. iii. 109; or, fór hón með svein þann, Bs. i. 437; cp. ganga með barni.
    4. adding an adj., to denote gait, pace, or the like; fara snúðigt, to stride haughtily, Nj. 100; fara mikinn, to rush on, 143; fara flatt, to fall flat, tumble, Bárð. 177; fara hægt, to walk slowly.
    β. fara til svefns, to go to sleep, Nj. 35; f. í sæti sitt, to go to one’s seat, 129; f. í sess, Vþm. 9; f. á bekk, 19; fara á sæng, to go to bed, N. G. L. i. 30; fara í rúmið, id. (mod.); fara í mannjöfnuð, Ísl. ii. 214; fara í lag, to be put straight, Eg. 306; fara í vöxt, to wax, increase, Fms. ix. 430, Al. 141; fara í þurð, to wane, Ld. 122, l. 1 (MS.); fara í úefni, to go to the wrong side, Sturl. iii. 210; fara at skakka, to be odd ( not even). Sturl. ii. 258; fara at sölum, to be put out for sale, Grág. ii. 204.
    5. fara at fuglum, to go a-fowling, Orkn. (in a verse); fara at fugla-veiðum, id., Bb. 3. 36; fara í hernað, í víking, to go a-freebooting, Fms. i. 33, Landn. 31; fara at fé, to watch sheep, Ld. 240; fara at fé-föngum, to go a-fetching booty, Fms. vii. 78.
    β. with infin., denoting one’s ‘doing’ or ‘being;’ fara sofa, to go to sleep, Eg. 377; fara vega, to go to fight, Vsp. 54, Gm. 23; fara at róa, Vígl. 22; fara leita, to go seeking, Fms. x. 240; fara að búa, to set up a household, Bb. 2. 6; fara að hátta, to go to bed.
    γ. akin to this is the mod. use of fara with an infin. following in the sense to begin, as in the East Angl. counties of Engl. it ‘fares’ to …, i. e. it begins, is likely to be or to do so and so; það fer að birta, það er farit að dimma, it ‘fares’ to grow dark; það fer að hvessa, it ‘fares’ to blow; fer að rigna, it ‘fares’ to rain. etc.:—no instance of this usage is recorded in old Icel., but the Engl. usage shews that it must be old.
    δ. with an adj. etc.; fara villr, to go astray, Sks. 565; fara haltr, to go lame, Fms. x. 420; fara vanstiltr, to go out of one’s mind, 264; fara hjá sér, to be beside oneself, Eb. 270; fara apr, to feel chilly, Fms. vi. 237 (in a verse); fara duldr e-s, to be unaware of, Skálda 187 (in a verse); fara andvígr e-m, to give battle, Stor. 8; fara leyniliga, to go secretly, be kept hidden, Nj. 49.
    6. to pass; fór sú skipan til Íslands, Fms. x. 23; fara þessi mál til þings, Nj. 100; hversu orð fóru með þeim, how words passed between them, 90; fóru þau orð um, the runner went abroad, Fms. i. 12; ferr orð er um munn líðr (a saying), iv. 279; þá fór ferligt úorðan, a bad report went abroad, Hom. 115.
    7. fara fram, to go on, take place; ferr þetta fram, Ld. 258; ef eigi ferr gjald fram, if no payment takes place, K. Þ. K. 64; ferr svá fram, and so things went on without a break, Nj. 11, Eg. 711; veizlan ferr vel fram, the feast went on well, Nj. 11, 51; spyrr hvat þar færi fram, he asked what there was going on. Band. 17; fór allt á sömu leið sem fyrr, it went on all the same as before, Fms. iv. 112; fara fram ráðum e-s, to follow one’s advice, Nj. 5, 66, Fms. vii. 318; allt mun þat sínu fram f., it will take its own course, Nj. 259; nú er því ferr fram um hríð, it went on so for a while, Fms. xi. 108; a law term, to be produced, gögn fara fram til varnar, Grág. i. 65; dómar fara út, the court is set (vide dómr), Grág., Nj., passim.
    8. borð fara upp brott, the tables are removed (vide borð), Eg. 247, 551; eigi má þetta svá f., this cannot go on in that way, Nj. 87; fjarri ferr þat, far from it, by no means, 134; fór þat fjarri at ek vilda, Ld. 12; fór þat ok svá til, and so if came to pass, Fms. x. 212.
    9. to turn out, end; hversu ætlar þú fara hesta-atið, Nj. 90; fór þat sem likligt var, it turned out as was likely (i. e. ended ill). Eg. 46; svá fór, at …, the end was, that …, Grett. 81 new Ed.; ef svá ferr sem ek get til, if it turns out as I guess, Dropl. 30, Vígl. 21; ef svá ferr sem mín orð horfa til, Fms. v. 24; ef svá ferr sem mik varir, if it comes to pass as it seems to me, vi. 350; svá fór um sjóferð þá, Bjarni 202; á sömu leið fór um aðra sendi-menn, Eg. 537; to depart, die, þar fór nýtr maðr, Fs. 39; fara danða-yrði, to pass the death-weird, to die, Ýt. 8.
    10. to fare well, ill, in addressing; fari þér vel, fare ye well, Nj. 7; biðja e-n vel fara, to bid one farewell, Eg. 22, Ld. 62; far heill ok sæll, Fms. vii. 197: in a bad sense, far þú nú þar, ill betide thee! Hbl. 60; far (impers.) manna armastr, Eg. 553; Jökull bað hann fara bræla armastan, Finnb. 306; fari þér í svá gramendr allir, Dropl. 23.
    11. fara í fat, í brynju (acc.), etc., to dress, undress; but fara ór fötum (dat.), to undress, Fms. x. 16, xi. 132, vii. 202, Nj. 143, Gh. 16, etc.
    III. metaph.,
    1. to suit, fit, esp. of clothes, hair, or the like; ekki þykkir mér kyrtill þinn fara betr en stakkr minn, Fas. ii. 343; hárið fór vel, Nj. 30; jarpr á hár ok fór vel hárit, Fms. ii. 7; gult hár sem silki ok fór fagrliga, vi. 438, Fs. 88; klæði sem bezt farandi, Eb. 256; var sú konan bezt f., the most graceful, lady-like, Ísl. ii. 438; fór ílla á hestinum, it sat ill on the horse, Bs. i. 712.
    2. impers. it goes so and so with one, i. e. one behaves so and so: e-m ferr vel, ílla, etc., one behaves well, ill, etc.; honum hafa öll málin verst farit, he has behaved worst in the whole matter, Nj. 210; bezta ferr þér, Fms. vii. 33; vel mun þér fara, Nj. 55; at honum fari vel, 64; þer hefir vel farit til mín, Finnb. 238; e-m ferr vinveittliga, one behaves in a friendly way, Nj. 217; ferr þér þá bezt jafnan ok höfðinglegast er mest liggr við, 228; mun honum nokkurn veg vel f., Hrafn. 10; údrengiliga hefir þér farit til vár, Ld. 48; ferr þér illa, Nj. 57; hversu Gunnari fór, how ( well) G. behaved, 119.
    3. fara at e-u, to deal with a thing (i. e. proceed) so and so; svá skal at sókn fara, thus is the pleading to be proceeded with, Grág. i. 323; svá skal at því f. at beiða …, 7; fara at lögum, or úlögum at e-u, to proceed lawfully or unlawfully, 126; hversu at skyldi f., how they were to proceed, Nj. 114; fara mjúklega at, to proceed gently, Fms. vii. 18; hér skulu vér f. at með ráðum, to act with deliberation, Eg. 582; Flosi fór at öngu óðara ( took matters calmly), en hann væri heima, Nj. 220.
    β. impers. with dat., to do, behave; ílla hefir mér at farit, I have done my business badly, Hrafn. 8; veit Guð hversu hverjum manni mun at f., Fms. x. 212: in mod. phrases, to become, ironically, þér ferr það, or þér ferst það, it becomes thee, i. e. ‘tis too bad of thee.
    γ. hví ferr konungrinn nú svá (viz. at), Fms. i. 35; er slíkt úsæmiliga farit, so shamefully done, Nj. 82; hér ferr vænt at, here things go merrily, 232; karlmannliga er farit, manfully done, 144.
    δ. to mind, care about; ekki ferr ek at, þótt þú hafir svelt þik til fjár, it does not matter to me, I do not care, though …, Nj. 18; ekki munu vit at því fara ( never mind that), segir Helgi, 133.
    ε. fara eptir, to be in proportion; hér eptir fór vöxtr ok afl, his strength and stature were in proportion, Clar.
    4. fara með e-t, to wield, handle, manage; fór Hroptr með Gungni, H. wielded Gungni ( the spear), Kormak; f. með Gríðar-völ, to wield the staff G., Þd. 9: as a law term, to wield, possess; fara með goðorð, to keep a goðorð, esp. during the session of parliament, Dropl. 8, Grág. and Nj. passim; fara með sök, to manage a lawsuit, Grág., Nj.; or, fara við sök, id., Nj. 86.
    β. metaph. to practise, deal in; fara með rán, to deal in robbing, Nj. 73; fara með spott ok háð, to go sporting and mocking, 66; f. með fals ok dár, Pass. 16. 5; fara með galdra ok fjölkyngi, K. Þ. K. 76; f. með hindr-vitni, Grett. 111; cp. the phrase, farðu ekki með það, don’t talk such nonsense.
    γ. to deal with, treat, handle; þú munt bezt ok hógligast með hann fara, thou wilt deal with him most kindly and most gently, Nj. 219; fara af hljóði með e-t, to keep matters secret, id.; Ingimundr fór vel með sögum (better than sögur, acc.), Ing. dealt well with stories, was a good historian. Sturl. i. 9.
    δ. with dat.; fara með e-u, to do so and so with a thing, manage it; hversu þeir skyldi fara með vápnum sínum, how they were to do with their weapons, Fms. ix. 509; sá maðr er með arfinum ferr, who manages the arfr, Grág. i. 217; ef þeir fara annan veg með því fé, 216; fara með málum sínum, to manage one’s case, 46; meðan hann ferr svá með sem mælt er, 93; Gunnarr fór með öllu ( acted in all) sem honum var ráð til kennt, Nj. 100; ef svá er með farit, Ld. 152; f. vel með sínum háttum, to bear oneself well, behave well, Eg. 65; Hrafn fór með sér vel, H. bore himself well, Fms. vi. 109; undarliga fara munkar þessir með sér, they behave strangely, 188; við förum kynlega með okkrum málum, Nj. 130; vant þyki mér með slíku at fara, difficult matters to have to do with, 75; f. málum á hendr e-m, to bring an action against one, Ld. 138; fara sókn ( to proceed) sem at þingadómi, Grág. i. 463; fara svá öllu máli um sem …, 40, ii. 348; fara með hlátri ok gapi, to go laughing and scoffing, Nj. 220; cp. β above.
    IV. fara um, yfir e-t, to pass over slightly; nú er yfir farit um landnám, shortly told, touched upon, Landn. 320; skjótt yfir at f., to be brief, 656 A. 12; fara myrkt um e-t, to mystify a thing, Ld. 322; fara mörgum orðum um e-t, to dilate upon a subject, Fbr. 124, Nj. 248, Fms. ix. 264.
    β. in the phrase, fara höndum um e-t, to go with the hands about a thing, to touch it, Germ. befühlen, esp. medic. of a healing touch; jafnan fengu menn heilsubót af handlögum hans, af því er hann fór höndum um þá er sjúkir vóru, Játv. 24; ok pá fór hann höndum um hann, Bs. i. 644; þá lét Arnoddr fara aðra höndina um hann, ok fann at hann var berfættr ok í línklæðum. Dropl. 30; cp. fóru hendr hvítar hennar um þessar görvar, Fas. i. 248 (in a verse): note the curious mod. phrase, það fer að fara um mig, I began to feel uneasy, as from a cold touch or the like.
    γ. impers. with dat.; eigi ferr þér nær Gunnari, en Merði mundi við þik, thou camest not nearer to G. than Mord would to thee, i. e. thou art just as far from being a match for G. as Mord is to thee, Nj. 37; þá ferr honum sem öðrum, it came to pass with him as with others, 172; þá mun mér first um fara, I shall fall much short of that, Fms. vi. 362; því betr er þeim ferr öllum verr at, the worse they fare the better I am pleased, Nj. 217.
    V. reflex., esp. of a journey, to fare well; fórsk þeim vel, they fared well, Eg. 392, Fms. xi. 22; honum fersk vel vegrinn, he proceeded well on his journey, ii. 81; hafði allt farizt vel at, all had fared well, they had had a prosperous journey, Íb. 10; fórsk þeim þá seint um daginn, they proceeded slowly, Eg. 544; mönnum fórsk eigi vel um fenit, Fms. vii. 149; hversu þeim hafði farizk, Nj. 90; at þeim færisk vel, Ísl. ii. 343, 208, v. l.: the phrase, hamri fórsk í hægri hönd, he grasped the hammer in his right hand, Bragi; farask lönd undir, to subdue lands, Hkr. i. 134, v. l. (in a verse).
    2. recipr., farask hjá, to go beside one another, miss one another, pass without meeting, Nj. 9; farask á mis, id., farask í móti, to march against one another, of two hosts; þat bar svá til at hvárigir vissu til annarra ok fórusk þó í móti, Fms. viii. 63, x. 46, Fas. ii. 515.
    VI. part.,
    1. act., koma farandi, to come of a sudden or by chance; þá kómu hjarðsveinar þar at farandi, some shepherds just came, Eg. 380; Moses kom farandi til fólksins, Sks. 574; koma inn farandi, 369, Fbr. 25.
    2. pass. farinn, in the phrase, á förnum vegi, on ‘wayfaring,’ i. e. in travelling, passing by; finna e-n á förnum vegi, Nj. 258, K. Þ. K. 6; kveðja fjárins á förnum vegi, Grág. i. 403; also, fara um farinn veg, to pass on one’s journey; of the sun. sól var skamt farin, the sun was little advanced, i. e. early in the morning, Fms. xi. 267, viii. 146; þá var dagr alljós ok sól farin, broad day and sun high in the sky, Eg. 219; also impers., sól (dat.) var skamt farit, Úlf. 4. 10: the phrase, aldri farinn, stricken in years, Sturl. i. 212; vel farinn í andliti, well-favoured, Ld. 274; vel at orði farinn, well spoken, eloquent, Fms. xi. 193; mod., vel orði, máli farinn, and so Ld. 122; gone, þar eru baugar farnir, Grág. ii. 172; þó fætrnir sé farnir, Fas. iii. 308.
    β. impers. in the phrase, e-m er þannig farit, one is so and so; veðri var þannig farit, at …, the winter was such, that …, Fms. xi. 34; veðri var svá farit at myrkt var um at litask, i. e. the weather was gloomy, Grett. 111; hversu landinu er farit, what is the condition of the country, Sks. 181; henni er þannig farit, at hón er mikil ey, löng …, ( the island) is so shapen, that it is large and long, Hkr. ii. 188; er eigi einn veg farit úgæfu okkari, our ill-luck is not of one piece, Nj. 183: metaph. of state, disposition, character, er hánum vel farit, he is a well-favoured man, 15; undarliga er yðr farit, ye are strange men, 154; honum var svá farit, at hann var vesal-menni, Boll. 352: adding the prepp. at, til, þeim var úlíkt farit at í mörgu, they were at variance in many respects, Hkr. iii. 97; nú er annan veg til farit, now matters are altered, Nj. 226; nú er svá til farit, at ek vil …, now the case is, that I wish …, Eg. 714; hér er þannig til farit, … at leiðin, 582; þar var þannig til farit, Fms. xi. 34. ☞ Hence comes the mod. form varið (v instead of f), which also occurs in MSS. of the 15th century—veðri var svá varit, Sd. 181; ér honum vel varið, Lv. 80, Ld. 266, v. l.; svá er til varið, Sks. 223, 224,—all of them paper MSS. The phrase, e-m er nær farit, one is pressed; svá var honum nær farit af öllu samt, vökum ok föstu, he was nearly overcome from want of sleep and fasting.
    B. TRANS.
    I. with acc.:
    1. to visit; fara land herskildi, brandi, etc., to visit a land with ‘war-shield,’ fire, etc., i. e. devastate it; gékk siðan á land upp með liði sínu, ok fór allt herskildi, Fms. i. 131; land þetta mundi herskildi farit, ok leggjask undir útlenda höfðingja, iv. 357; (hann) lét Halland farit brandi, vii. 4 (in a verse); hann fór lvist eldi, 41 (in a verse); hann hefir farit öll eylönd brandi, 46 (in a verse); fara hungri hörund, to emaciate the body, of an ascetic, Sl. 71.
    2. to overtake, with acc.; hann gat ekki farit hann, he could not overtake ( catch) him, 623. 17; tunglit ferr sólina, the moon overtakes the sun, Rb. 116; áðr hana Fenrir fari, before Fenrir overtakes her, Vþm. 46, 47; knegut oss fálur fara, ye witches cannot take us, Hkv. Hjörv. 13; hann gat farit fjóra menn af liði Steinólfs, ok drap þá alla, … hann gat farit þá hjá Steinólfsdal, Gullþ. 29; hann reið eptir þeim, ok gat farit þá út hjá Svelgsá, milli ok Hóla, Eb. 180; Án hrísmagi var þeirra skjótastr ok getr farit sveininn, Ld. 242; viku þeir þá enn undan sem skjótast svá at Danir gátu eigi farit þá, Fms. (Knytl. S.) xi. 377 (MS., in the Ed. wrongly altered to náð þeim); hérinn hljóp undan, ok gátu hundarnir ekki farit hann (Ed. fráit wrongly), Fas. iii. 374; ok renna allir eptir þeim manni er víg vakti, … ok verðr hann farinn, Gþl. 146: cp. the phrase, vera farinn, to dwell, live, to be found here and there; þótt hann sé firr um farinn, Hm. 33.
    II. with dat. to destroy, make to perish; f. sér, to make away with oneself; kona hans fór sér í dísar-sal, she killed herself, Fas. i. 527; hón varð stygg ok vildi fara sér, Landn. (Hb.) 55; ef þér gangit fyrir hamra ofan ok farit yðr sjálfir, Fms. viii. 53; hví ætla menn at hann mundi vilja f. sér sjálfr, iii. 59; fara lífi, fjörvi, öndu, id.; skal hann heldr eta, en fara öndu sinni, than starve oneself to death, K. Þ. K. 130; ok verðr þá þínu fjörvi um farit, Lv. 57, Ýt. 20, Fas. i. 426 (in a verse), cp. Hkv. Hjörv. 13; mínu fjörvi at fara, Fm. 5; þú hefir sigr vegit, ok Fáfni (dat.) um farit, 23; farit hafði hann allri ætt Geirmímis, Hkv. 1. 14; ok létu hans fjörvi farit, Sól. 22; hann hafði farit mörgum manni, O. H. L. 11.
    β. to forfeit; fara sýknu sinni, Grág. i. 98; fara löndum ok lausafé, ii. 167.
    2. reflex. to perish (but esp. freq. in the sense to be drowned, perish in the sea); farask af sulti, to die of hunger, Fms. ii. 226; fellr fjöldi manns í díkit ok farask þar, v. 281; fórusk sex hundruð Vinda skipa, xi. 369; alls fórusk níu menn, Ísl. ii. 385; mun heimr farask, Eluc. 43; þá er himin ok jörð hefir farisk, Edda 12; farask af hita, mæði, Fms. ix. 47; fórsk þar byrðingrinn, 307; hvar þess er menn farask, Grág. i. 219; heldr enn at fólk Guðs farisk af mínum völdum, Sks. 732: of cattle, ef fé hins hefir troðisk eðr farisk á þá lund sem nú var tínt, Grág. ii. 286.
    β. metaph., fersk nú vinátta ykkur, your friendship is done with, Band. 12.
    γ. the phrase, farask fyrir, to come to naught, Nj. 131; at síðr mun fyrir farask nokkut stórræði, Ísl. ii. 340; en fyrir fórusk málagjöldin af konungi, the payment never took place, Fms. v. 278; lét ek þetta verk fyrir farask, vii. 158; þá mun þat fyrir farask, Fs. 20; en fyrir fórsk þat þó þau misseri, Sd. 150: in mod. usage (N. T.), to perish.
    δ. in act. rarely, and perhaps only a misspelling: frá því er féit fór (fórsk better), K. Þ. K. 132; fóru (better fórusk, were drowned) margir Íslenzkir menn, Bs. i. 436.
    3. part. farinn, as adj. gone, undone; nú eru vér farnir, nema …, Lv. 83; hans tafl var mjök svá farit, his game was almost lost, Fas. i. 523; þá er farnir vóru forstöðumenn Tróju, when the defenders of Troy were dead and gone, Ver. 36; tungl farit, a ‘dead moon,’ i. e. new moon, Rb. 34; farinn af sulti ok mæði, Fms. viii. 53; farinn at e-u, ruined in a thing, having lost it; farnir at hamingju, luckless, iv. 73; f. at vistum, xi. 33; f. at lausa-fé;. iii. 117: in some cases uncertain whether the participle does not belong to A.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FARA

  • 34 gusto

    m.
    1 taste (estilo).
    una casa decorada con (buen) gusto a tastefully decorated house
    de buen/mal gusto in good/bad taste
    sobre gustos no hay nada escrito (Prov) there's no accounting for taste, each to his own
    tener buen/mal gusto to have good/bad taste
    2 pleasure.
    con mucho gusto gladly, with pleasure
    iría con (mucho) gusto, pero no puedo I'd love to go but I can't
    da gusto estar aquí it's a real pleasure to be here
    mucho gusto — el gusto es mío pleased to meet you — the pleasure's mine
    mucho o tanto gusto pleased to meet you
    sentirse o encontrarse o estar a gusto to feel comfortable o at ease
    tomar gusto a algo to take a liking to something
    3 whim, fancy.
    4 appetite, hunger, taste.
    5 flair, inclination, liking, propensity.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: gustar.
    * * *
    1 (sentido, sabor) taste
    2 (inclinación) liking, taste
    3 (placer) pleasure
    ■ tengo el gusto de presentarle a mi marido may I introduce you to my husband?
    4 (capricho) whim, fancy
    \
    cogerle el gusto a algo to take a liking to something
    con mucho gusto with pleasure
    dar gusto to please, delight
    darse el gusto de to treat oneself to
    de buen gusto in good taste
    de mal gusto in bad taste
    el gusto es mío the pleasure is mine
    estar a gusto to feel comfortable, feel at ease
    hacer algo a gusto to enjoy doing something
    hacer algo por gusto to do something for fun
    ir algo a gustos to be a matter of taste
    por gusto for the sake of it
    ¡qué gusto! how lovely!
    tanto gusto pleased to meet you
    tener buen gusto to have good taste
    tener mal gusto to have bad taste
    tener el gusto de + inf to have the pleasure of + gerund
    tener mucho gusto en + inf to be delighted to + inf
    * * *
    noun m.
    •
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=sentido) taste
    2) [de comida] taste, flavour, flavor (EEUU)

    tiene un gusto amargo — it has a bitter taste o flavour, it tastes bitter

    3) (=sentido estético) taste

    al gusto de hoy, según el gusto de hoy — in the taste of today

    tiene gusto para vestir — she dresses with taste, she has taste in clothes

    • buen gusto — good taste

    • mal gusto — bad taste

    4) (=placer) pleasure

    • a gusto, aquí me encuentro o siento a gusto — I feel at home o ease here

    • acomodarse a su gusto — to make o.s. at home, make o.s. comfortable

    • con mucho gusto — with pleasure

    lo haré con mucho gusto — I'll be glad to do it, I'll be only too happy to do it

    • dar gusto a algn — to please sb, give pleasure to sb

    • leo por gusto — I read for pleasure

    es por gusto que siga allí — LAm you'll wait there in vain

    • tener el gusto de hacer algo — to have the pleasure of doing sth

    5) (=agrado) liking

    coger el gusto a algo, tomar gusto a algo — to take a liking to sth

    6) [en presentaciones]

    ¡mucho gusto!, ¡tanto gusto!, ¡gusto verlo! — LAm * how do you do?, pleased to meet you

    el gusto es mío — how do you do?, the pleasure is (all) mine

    7) (=antojo) whim, fancy

    a gusto — at will, according to one's fancy

    8) Cono Sur (=estilo) style, design, colour; (=gama) range, assortment
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( sentido) taste
    b) ( sabor) taste

    gusto a algo: tiene gusto a fresa it tastes of strawberry; esto no tiene gusto a nada this doesn't taste of anything; deja un gusto a menta — it has a minty aftertaste

    2)
    a) (placer, agrado) pleasure

    tendré mucho gusto en acompañarlos — (frml) it will be a pleasure for me to accompany you (frml)

    se las comió con un gusto...! — he tucked into them with such relish o delight!

    por gusto — for fun, for pleasure

    tomarle or agarrarle (el) gusto a algo — to take a liking to something

    b) (deseo, voluntad)

    ¿está a su gusto el peinado? — is the style to your liking?

    azúcar a or al gusto — sugar to taste

    a gusto del consumidor — (fr hecha) however/as you like

    darle el gusto a alguien: no le des todos los gustos don't indulge him all the time; hoy sí voy a darme el gusto I'm really going to treat myself today; me di el gusto de decírselo a la cara — I took great delight o pleasure in telling him to his face

    c)

    ¿estás a gusto en tu nuevo trabajo? — are you happy in your new job?

    mucho or tanto gusto — pleased o nice to meet you

    3) ( sentido estético) taste
    4) (inclinación, afición) taste
    * * *
    = appetite, delight, taste, flavour [flavor, -USA], enjoyment, liking, tastefulness, preference, like, pleasure, treat, aftertaste.
    Ex. We need to know what and how consumers' information appetites have changed.
    Ex. Reality is often very much lacking in delight.
    Ex. This is to ensure that the taste for good English is kept alive and developed by the provision of good literature.
    Ex. Plainly, in many documents sections that can be regarded as truly representative of the flavour of the original are absent or difficult to identify.
    Ex. So I read on with increasing interest and enjoyment and, let it be said admiration too.
    Ex. Sometimes this exchange can be sufficient to reshape our reaction from one of dislike and puzzlement to liking and understanding.
    Ex. The students also rated each picture's tastefulness, newsworthiness, likability, and powerfulness.
    Ex. It is important to recognise, then, that a variety of different indexing approaches are inevitable, not only for reasons of history and indexer preference, but because different situations demand different approaches.
    Ex. I would also like to know where to find other expats in Dusseldorf would have the same like for beer/wine and talking rubbish.
    Ex. It may be that, apart from the simple pleasure of browsing, documents arranged on shelves, may be easily examined.
    Ex. In the summer months one of the greatest treats of all is home-made mayonnaise; a thick mass of unctuous golden ointment, perfect for dipping slices of raw vegetables.
    Ex. I don't know if it's paranoia or my subconscious acting up or a vitamin deficiency, but I have now twice had a soapy aftertaste when eating.
    ----
    * adquirir un gusto por = get + a taste for.
    * agradable al gusto = palatable.
    * a gusto de = to the liking of, at the pleasure of.
    * Algo que se le va tomando el gusto con el tiempo = acquired taste.
    * añadir + Nombre + según el gusto = add + Nombre + to taste.
    * buen gusto, el = good taste.
    * cogerle el gusto a = acquire + a taste for, develop + a taste for.
    * con buen gusto = tastefully.
    * con gusto = happily, satisfyingly, stylish, willingly.
    * dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].
    * darse el gusto de = indulge in.
    * darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.
    * de buen gusto = tasteful.
    * de mal gusto = in bad taste, tawdry [tawdrier -comp., tawdriest -sup.], distasteful, unbecoming, tasteless, tacky [tackier -comp., tackiest -sup.], naff, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].
    * de pésimo gusto = tacky [tackier -comp., tackiest -sup.], tawdry [tawdrier -comp., tawdriest -sup.].
    * de + Posesivo + gusto = of + Posesivo + choice, of + Posesivo + choosing.
    * discusiones sobre gustos y colores = flame war.
    * encontrarse a gusto = be at ease.
    * en la variedad está el gusto = variety is the spice of life.
    * gusto al que Uno se acostumbra con el tiempo = acquired taste.
    * gusto personal = personal taste, personal preference.
    * gusto por lo dulce = sweet tooth.
    * gusto que se adquiere con el tiempo = acquired taste.
    * gusto refinado = refined taste.
    * hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.
    * hacer que Alguien se sienta a gusto = put + Nombre + at ease.
    * mal gusto = bad taste, tawdriness.
    * por gusto = for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * sentido del gusto = sense of taste.
    * sentirse a gusto = feel + at home, be at ease.
    * sentirse a gusto con = be comfortable with.
    * ser del gusto de Uno = be to + Posesivo + taste.
    * tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.
    * todo tipo de gustos = all shades of opinion.
    * tomar el sol con gusto = bask.
    * tomarle el gusto a = acquire + a taste for, develop + a taste for.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( sentido) taste
    b) ( sabor) taste

    gusto a algo: tiene gusto a fresa it tastes of strawberry; esto no tiene gusto a nada this doesn't taste of anything; deja un gusto a menta — it has a minty aftertaste

    2)
    a) (placer, agrado) pleasure

    tendré mucho gusto en acompañarlos — (frml) it will be a pleasure for me to accompany you (frml)

    se las comió con un gusto...! — he tucked into them with such relish o delight!

    por gusto — for fun, for pleasure

    tomarle or agarrarle (el) gusto a algo — to take a liking to something

    b) (deseo, voluntad)

    ¿está a su gusto el peinado? — is the style to your liking?

    azúcar a or al gusto — sugar to taste

    a gusto del consumidor — (fr hecha) however/as you like

    darle el gusto a alguien: no le des todos los gustos don't indulge him all the time; hoy sí voy a darme el gusto I'm really going to treat myself today; me di el gusto de decírselo a la cara — I took great delight o pleasure in telling him to his face

    c)

    ¿estás a gusto en tu nuevo trabajo? — are you happy in your new job?

    mucho or tanto gusto — pleased o nice to meet you

    3) ( sentido estético) taste
    4) (inclinación, afición) taste
    * * *
    = appetite, delight, taste, flavour [flavor, -USA], enjoyment, liking, tastefulness, preference, like, pleasure, treat, aftertaste.

    Ex: We need to know what and how consumers' information appetites have changed.

    Ex: Reality is often very much lacking in delight.
    Ex: This is to ensure that the taste for good English is kept alive and developed by the provision of good literature.
    Ex: Plainly, in many documents sections that can be regarded as truly representative of the flavour of the original are absent or difficult to identify.
    Ex: So I read on with increasing interest and enjoyment and, let it be said admiration too.
    Ex: Sometimes this exchange can be sufficient to reshape our reaction from one of dislike and puzzlement to liking and understanding.
    Ex: The students also rated each picture's tastefulness, newsworthiness, likability, and powerfulness.
    Ex: It is important to recognise, then, that a variety of different indexing approaches are inevitable, not only for reasons of history and indexer preference, but because different situations demand different approaches.
    Ex: I would also like to know where to find other expats in Dusseldorf would have the same like for beer/wine and talking rubbish.
    Ex: It may be that, apart from the simple pleasure of browsing, documents arranged on shelves, may be easily examined.
    Ex: In the summer months one of the greatest treats of all is home-made mayonnaise; a thick mass of unctuous golden ointment, perfect for dipping slices of raw vegetables.
    Ex: I don't know if it's paranoia or my subconscious acting up or a vitamin deficiency, but I have now twice had a soapy aftertaste when eating.
    * adquirir un gusto por = get + a taste for.
    * agradable al gusto = palatable.
    * a gusto de = to the liking of, at the pleasure of.
    * Algo que se le va tomando el gusto con el tiempo = acquired taste.
    * añadir + Nombre + según el gusto = add + Nombre + to taste.
    * buen gusto, el = good taste.
    * cogerle el gusto a = acquire + a taste for, develop + a taste for.
    * con buen gusto = tastefully.
    * con gusto = happily, satisfyingly, stylish, willingly.
    * dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].
    * darse el gusto de = indulge in.
    * darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.
    * de buen gusto = tasteful.
    * de mal gusto = in bad taste, tawdry [tawdrier -comp., tawdriest -sup.], distasteful, unbecoming, tasteless, tacky [tackier -comp., tackiest -sup.], naff, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].
    * de pésimo gusto = tacky [tackier -comp., tackiest -sup.], tawdry [tawdrier -comp., tawdriest -sup.].
    * de + Posesivo + gusto = of + Posesivo + choice, of + Posesivo + choosing.
    * discusiones sobre gustos y colores = flame war.
    * encontrarse a gusto = be at ease.
    * en la variedad está el gusto = variety is the spice of life.
    * gusto al que Uno se acostumbra con el tiempo = acquired taste.
    * gusto personal = personal taste, personal preference.
    * gusto por lo dulce = sweet tooth.
    * gusto que se adquiere con el tiempo = acquired taste.
    * gusto refinado = refined taste.
    * hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.
    * hacer que Alguien se sienta a gusto = put + Nombre + at ease.
    * mal gusto = bad taste, tawdriness.
    * por gusto = for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * sentido del gusto = sense of taste.
    * sentirse a gusto = feel + at home, be at ease.
    * sentirse a gusto con = be comfortable with.
    * ser del gusto de Uno = be to + Posesivo + taste.
    * tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.
    * todo tipo de gustos = all shades of opinion.
    * tomar el sol con gusto = bask.
    * tomarle el gusto a = acquire + a taste for, develop + a taste for.

    * * *
    A
    1 (sentido) taste
    resulta amargo al gusto it has a bitter taste
    2 (sabor) taste
    esta bebida tiene un gusto extraño this drink has a strange taste o tastes strange
    ¿de qué gusto quieres el helado? what flavor (of) ice cream do you want?
    tiene un gustillo or gustito medio raro it has a slightly funny taste to it
    gusto A algo:
    tiene gusto a fresa it tastes of strawberry
    tiene gusto a quemado it tastes burned, it has a burned taste
    esto no tiene gusto a nada this doesn't taste of anything, this has no taste at all
    sus palabras me dejaron un gusto amargo her words left me with a nasty taste in my mouth o with an unpleasant aftertaste
    B
    1 (placer, agrado) pleasure
    tendré mucho gusto en acompañarlos ( frml); it will be a pleasure for me to accompany you ( frml), I shall be delighted o very pleased to accompany you ( frml)
    ¡se las comió con un gusto …! he tucked into them with such relish o delight!
    da gusto trabajar en una oficina tan luminosa it's a pleasure o ( colloq) it's great to have such a bright office to work in
    me dio mucho or un gran gusto volverlo a ver ( frml); it was delightful o a great pleasure to see him again ( frml)
    por gusto for fun, for pleasure
    escribe por gusto, no por el dinero he writes for pleasure, not for the money
    que da gusto ( fam): baila que da gusto she dances wonderfully o beautifully
    los precios suben que da gusto ( iró); prices are shooting up
    tomarle or cogerle or agarrarle (el) gusto a algo to take a liking to sth, get to like sth, get into sth ( colloq)
    quien por su gusto padece, vaya al infierno a quejarse you/he/one must face the consequences of your/his/one's actions
    2
    (deseo, voluntad): satisface todos los gustos de sus hijos he indulges all his children's whims
    no puedo permitirme esos gustos tan caros I can't afford such luxuries
    maneja al marido a su gusto she has her husband twisted around her little finger
    el vestido no ha quedado a mi gusto the dress hasn't turned out the way I wanted it
    ¿está a su gusto el peinado? is the style to your liking?
    agregar azúcar a or al gusto add sugar to taste
    a gusto del consumidor ( fr hecha); however/whatever/as you like
    darle el or hacerle el gusto a algn: no le hagas todos los gustos don't indulge him all the time
    hoy sí voy a darme el gusto I'm really going to treat myself today
    me di el gusto de decírselo a la cara I took great delight o pleasure in telling him to his face
    3
    a gusto at ease
    un lugar en el que se está muy a gusto a place where you feel comfortable o at ease
    ¿estás a gusto en tu nuevo trabajo? are you happy in your new job?
    no se siente a gusto entre gente tan distinguida he doesn't feel at ease o he feels ill at ease o uncomfortable among such distinguished people
    4
    (en fórmulas de cortesía): mucho or tanto gusto pleased o nice to meet you
    mucho gusto (en conocerla) — el gusto es mío pleased to meet you — the pleasure is mine ( frml)
    ¿podría avisarme cuando lleguen? — con mucho gusto could you let me know when they arrive? — with pleasure o ( AmE) I'd be glad to
    la conoces ¿no? — no, todavía no he tenido el gusto ( frml); you know her, don't you? — no, I haven't had the pleasure ( frml)
    tiene un gusto horrible she has awful o appalling taste
    tiene mucho gusto para arreglar las flores she does very tasteful flower arrangements
    no me parece de muy buen gusto lo que le dijiste I don't think that what you said was in very good taste
    lleva ropa de muy buen gusto he wears tasteful clothes
    tiene muy buen gusto para vestirse she has very good taste in clothes o very good dress sense
    una broma/un comentario de mal gusto a tasteless joke/remark, a joke/remark that was in very poor o bad taste
    D (inclinación, afición) taste
    nuestros gustos son muy dispares our tastes are very different, we have very different tastes
    tiene gustos caros/simples she has expensive/simple tastes
    ha heredado de su padre el gusto por la música he has inherited a liking for music from his father, he has inherited his father's love of music
    es difícil elegirle un disco si no conocemos sus gustos it's difficult to choose a record for him if we don't know his taste in music o what sort of music he likes
    lo tengo puesto a mi gusto I've got it arranged the way I like it o to my taste
    corbatas para todos los gustos ties to suit all tastes, ties for all tastes
    un verde demasiado vivo para mi gusto too bright a green for my taste o liking
    ir en gustos to be a matter of taste
    en gustos se rompen géneros ( Méx); each to his own o there's no accounting for taste
    entre gustos no hay disgustos ( Col); each to his own o there's no accounting for taste
    hay gustos que merecen palos there's no accounting for taste, each to his own
    nunca llueve a gusto de todos one man's meat is another man's poison, you can't please everybody
    para los gustos están los colores it takes all sorts, horses for courses
    sobre gustos y colores no hay nada escrito or no hay disputa or no discuten los doctores each to his own o there's no accounting for taste
    * * *

     

    Del verbo gustar: ( conjugate gustar)

    gusto es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    gustó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    gustar    
    gusto
    gustar ( conjugate gustar) verbo intransitivo
    1 (+ me/te/le etc):
    ◊ ¿te gustó el libro? did you like o enjoy the book?;

    me gusta su compañía I enjoy her company;
    los helados no me/te/nos gustan I/you/we don't like ice cream;
    le gusta mucho la música he likes music very much;
    a Juan le gusta María Juan likes María;
    le gusta tocar la guitarra she likes to play the guitar (AmE), she likes playing the guitar (BrE);
    le gusta mucho viajar she's very fond of traveling (colloq);
    nos gusta dar un paseo después de comer we like to have a walk after lunch;
    ¿te gustoía visitar el castillo? would you like to visit the castle?;
    me gustoía que vinieras temprano I'd like you to come early
    2 ( en frases de cortesía) to wish (frml);

    cuando usted guste whenever it is convenient for you
    verbo transitivo (AmL) ( querer) to like;
    ◊ ¿gustan tomar algo? would you like something to drink?

    gusto sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (sentido, sabor) taste;


    tiene un gusto medio raro it has a funny taste to it;
    tiene gusto a fresa it tastes of strawberry;
    deja un gusto a menta it has a minty aftertaste


    una broma de mal gusto a tasteless joke;
    para todos los gustos to suit all tastes
    2
    a) (placer, agrado) pleasure;


    da gusto estar aquí it's so nice (being) here;
    me dio mucho gusto volverlo a ver it was lovely to see him again;
    por gusto for fun, for pleasure;
    un lugar donde se está a gusto a place where you feel comfortable o at ease

    ◊ mucho gusto (en conocerla) pleased o nice to meet you;

    el gusto es mío the pleasure is mine
    gustar
    I verbo intransitivo 1 me gusta el pan, I like bread
    me gustaba su compañía, I used to like his company
    (con infinitivo) me gusta escribir, I like to write o I like writing
    me gustaría ir, I would like to go ➣ Ver nota abajo
    2 frml cortesía: cuando gustes, whenever you like
    ¿gustas?, would you like some?
    3 frml (sentir agrado o afición) gustar de, to enjoy: gusta de salir a pasear por las mañanas, he likes to have a walk in the morning
    II vtr (degustar, probar) to taste
    Gustar se traduce por to like: Me gusta esta música. I like this music. Sin embargo, recuerda que en español el sujeto del verbo gustar es lo que nos gusta (esta música), mientras que en inglés el sujeto del verbo to like es I.
    Si quieres añadir un verbo como complemento del verbo to like (me gusta nadar), debes emplear el gerundio, que siempre sugiere algo placentero: I like swimming. Pero si más que gustarte simplemente te parece una buena idea o lo haces por tu propio bien puedes usar el infinitivo: I like to go to the dentist twice a year. Me gusta ir al dentista dos veces al año. Sería muy difícil que alguien dijera I like going to the dentist, porque significaría que disfruta haciéndolo.
    En el modo condicional ( I would like) sólo se puede usar el infinitivo: I would like to go out tonight. Me gustaría salir esta noche.
    gusto sustantivo masculino
    1 (sensación) taste
    2 (para apreciar la belleza) taste: la tía Rosa tiene muy mal gusto, aunt Rose has very bad taste
    fue un comentario de mal gusto, it was a remark in bad taste
    3 (inclinación, agrado) liking: esa literatura no es de su gusto, he doesn't like that kind of literature
    para mi gusto está precioso, I find it very pretty
    4 (placer) pleasure: lo hace por gusto, she does it for the sake of it
    este solecito es un gusto this sun is very nice
    no tengo el gusto de conocerle, I have not had the pleasure of meeting him
    ♦ Locuciones: a gusto, comfortable o at ease
    con (mucho) gusto, with (great) pleasure
    tanto gusto, pleased to meet you
    sobre gustos no hay nada escrito, each to his own
    ' gusto' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    antojo
    - bastante
    - bebible
    - chabacana
    - chabacano
    - decoración
    - despacharse
    - detalle
    - dulce
    - dulzón
    - dulzona
    - encontrar
    - exquisita
    - exquisito
    - fina
    - fino
    - gloria
    - grado
    - gustosa
    - gustoso
    - hogareña
    - hogareño
    - imperio
    - macarrónica
    - macarrónico
    - paladar
    - paleta
    - paleto
    - plato
    - primera
    - primero
    - recargada
    - recargado
    - refinar
    - refinada
    - refinado
    - ricamente
    - sentida
    - sentido
    - solícita
    - solícito
    - tampoco
    - teatralidad
    - toque
    - absoluto
    - afición
    - charro
    - chulo
    - comentario
    - como
    English:
    cheap
    - comfortable
    - customize
    - deplorably
    - discerning
    - discriminating
    - discrimination
    - do
    - ease
    - exquisite
    - flavor
    - flavour
    - full-bodied
    - gladly
    - gore
    - gristle
    - gusto
    - hoax
    - indulge
    - like
    - liking
    - matter
    - naff
    - please
    - pleasure
    - prefer
    - put off
    - relish
    - savor
    - savour
    - sense
    - sick
    - sight
    - take to
    - taste
    - tasteful
    - tastefully
    - tastefulness
    - tasteless
    - tastelessly
    - tastelessness
    - tone
    - unsophisticated
    - vulgar
    - vulgarity
    - acquired
    - choice
    - distasteful
    - dress
    - fun
    * * *
    ♦ nm
    1. [sentido] taste;
    tiene atrofiado el sentido del gusto she has a poor sense of taste;
    añada sal a gusto add salt to taste
    2. [sabor] taste, flavour;
    este postre tiene un gusto muy raro this dessert tastes very odd;
    tiene gusto a chocolate it tastes of chocolate;
    tiene gusto a plástico it tastes like plastic;
    una barra de helado de dos gustos a block of ice cream with two flavours
    3. [estilo] taste;
    el buen gusto se forma desde la infancia good taste is something you develop as a child;
    es un cuadro de gusto romántico the painting is rather Romantic in style;
    está decorado al gusto de la época it is decorated in the style of the period;
    una casa decorada con (buen) gusto a tastefully decorated house;
    de buen/mal gusto in good/bad taste;
    fue una broma de mal gusto the joke was in bad o poor taste;
    tener buen/mal gusto to have good/bad taste;
    tiene muy buen gusto para la ropa she has very good taste in clothes;
    sobre gustos no hay nada escrito there's no accounting for taste, each to his own
    4. [preferencia] taste;
    tenemos gustos distintos sobre ropa we have different tastes in clothes;
    no comparto su gusto por la violencia I don't share his liking for violence;
    su gusto por el mar es bien conocido he is well known for liking the sea
    5. [placer] pleasure;
    ponte a gusto make yourself comfortable;
    contigo estoy muy a gusto I feel really comfortable o at ease with you;
    a gusto del consumidor in line with the customer's wishes;
    siempre quieres que haga las cosas a tu gusto you always want me to do things your way;
    con mucho gusto gladly, with pleasure;
    iría con (mucho) gusto, pero no puedo I'd love to go, but I can't;
    lo haré con gusto I'll be pleased to do it, I'll do it with pleasure;
    da gusto estar aquí it's really nice here;
    lo hago por darte gusto I'm doing it for you o to make you happy;
    me di el gusto de contestarle I allowed myself the satisfaction of answering him back;
    date el gusto, cómpratelo go on, treat yourself and buy it;
    encontrarse o [m5] estar o [m5] sentirse a gusto to feel comfortable o at ease;
    está a gusto consigo mismo he's at ease with himself;
    hacer algo a gusto [de buena gana] to do sth willingly o gladly;
    [cómodamente] to do sth comfortably;
    tomar o Esp [m5] coger gusto a algo to take a liking to sth;
    Fam
    que da gusto: canta que da gusto it's a pleasure to hear her sing;
    esta cerveza entra que da gusto this beer goes down a treat
    6. [en fórmula de cortesía]
    mucho o [m5]tanto gusto – el gusto es mío pleased to meet you – the pleasure's mine;
    ¿me podrías despertar a las 7? – con mucho gusto can you wake me at 7? – of course o with pleasure;
    tener el gusto de hacer algo to have the pleasure of doing sth;
    no tengo el gusto (de conocerla) I don't think I've had the pleasure
    ♦ de gusto, por gusto loc adv
    Perú, RP [adrede] on purpose;
    hacer algo de o [m5] por gusto to do sth on purpose o deliberately;
    es por gusto que se queda she's only staying to annoy us
    * * *
    m
    1 ( preferencias, sabor) taste;
    sobre gustos no hay nada escrito there’s no accounting for taste;
    de buen gusto in good taste, tasteful;
    de mal gusto in bad taste, tasteless;
    tomar el gusto a algo get to like sth, acquire a taste for sth
    2 ( placer) pleasure;
    con mucho gusto with pleasure;
    da gusto hacer negocios con usted it’s a pleasure doing business with you;
    dar gusto a alguien please s.o.;
    tener el gusto de have the pleasure of;
    tanto gusto how do you do
    3
    :
    a gusto at ease;
    sentirse a gusto feel comfortable o at ease
    * * *
    gusto nm
    1) : flavor, taste
    2) : taste, style
    3) : pleasure, liking
    4) : whim, fancy
    a gusto: at will
    5)
    a gusto : comfortable, at ease
    6)
    al gusto : to taste, as one likes
    7)
    mucho gusto : pleased to meet you
    * * *
    1. (sentido, sabor) taste
    2. (preferencia) taste
    3. (placer) pleasure
    estar / sentirse a gusto to feel comfortable

    Spanish-English dictionary > gusto

  • 35 φέρω

    φέρω ([dialect] Locr. [full] φάρω [ᾰ], IG9(1).334.5 (Oeanthea, v. B.C.)), only [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. (late 1 [tense] aor. [ per.] 3pl.
    A

    ἤφεραν IG3.1379

    ), Il.21.458, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, [ per.] 2pl. imper.

    φέρτε Il.9.171

    ; [ per.] 2sg. subj.

    φέρῃσθα Call.Dian. 144

    ; [ per.] 3sg. subj.

    φέρῃσι Il.18.308

    , Od.5.164, al.; [dialect] Ep. inf.

    φερέμεν Il.9.411

    , al.: [tense] impf. ἔφερον, [dialect] Ep.

    φέρον 3.245

    ; also φέρεσκε, φέρεσκον ([ per.] 3pl.), Od.9.429, 10.108.
    II [tense] fut.

    οἴσω Il.7.82

    , etc.; [dialect] Dor.

    οἰσῶ Theoc.3.11

    ; [ per.] 1pl.

    οἰσεῦμες Id.15.133

    ; [ per.] 3pl. ηοίσοντι Tab.Heracl.1.150: the foll. act. forms are not [tense] fut. in sense, imper.

    οἶσε Od.22.106

    , 481, Ar.Ach. 1099, 1101, 1122, Ra. 482;

    οἰσέτω Il.19.173

    , Od.8.255; [ per.] 3pl.

    οἰσόντων Antim.15

    ; inf.

    οἴσειν Pi.P.4.102

    , [dialect] Ep.

    οἰσέμεν Od.3.429

    ,

    οἰσέμεναι Il.3.120

    , Od.8.399, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 inf.

    οἶσαι Ph.1.611

     codd. ( ἀν-οῖσαι is prob. in Hdt.1.157):—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.

    οἴσομαι Il.22.217

    , S.El. 969, etc. (in pass. sense, E.Or. 440, X.Oec.18.6; so [dialect] Dor.

    οἰσεῖται Archim.Fluit.1.7

    , al.): [tense] fut. [voice] Pass.

    οἰσθήσομαι D.44.45

    , Arist. Ph. 205a13, Archim.Fluit.1.3, al., ([etym.] ἐξ-) E.Supp. 561:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf.

    προοῖσται Luc.Par.2

    ; cf. οἰστέον, οἰστός ([etym.] ἀν-οιστός).
    III from ἐνεγκ- (not found in Hom. or Hdt., exc. as v.l. in Il.19.194, but in Pi.O.13.66, I.8(7).21, ([etym.] προς-) Id.P.9.36, also B.16.62, and normal in [dialect] Att. and Trag., also in codd.Hp., Epid.1.1.2, al.) come [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεγκα, and [tense] aor. 2 ἤνεγκον:—Indic., [ per.] 1sg.

    ἤνεγκον S.OC 521

     (lyr.), 964, Ar.Ra. 1299, Th. 742, Lys. 944, ([etym.] δι-) Isoc.18.59, but

    ἤνεγκα S.El. 13

    , E. Ion38, Aeschin.2.4, and in compos. with Preps.; [ per.] 2sg. always

    ἤνεγκας Ar.Av. 540

     (lyr.), ([etym.] ἐξ-) S.Tr. 741 (in Ar.Th. 742, δέκα μῆνας αὔτ' ἐγὼ ἤνεγκον is answd. by ἤνεγκας σύ;); [ per.] 3sg. ἤνεγκε, common to both forms; dual

    δι-ηνεγκάτην Pl.Lg. 723b

    ; pl. always ἠνέγκαμεν, -ατε, -αν ([ per.] 3pl.

    ἀπ-ήνενκαν IG22.1620.37

    , al., once ἀπ-ήνεγκον ib. 1414.2; δι-ηνέγκομεν is f.l. in X.Oec.9.8): imper., [ per.] 2sg.

    ἔνεγκε E. Heracl. 699

    , Ar.Eq. 110, X.Mem.3.6.9 ( ἔνεγκον cj. Pors. in Anaxipp. 8); [ per.] 3sg.

    ἐνεγκάτω Ar. Pax 1149

     (troch.), Th. 238, Pl.Phd. 116d, ([etym.] προς-) X.Smp.5.2; but

    ἐξ-ενεγκέτω IG12.63.33

    , 76.61; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ἐνεγκόντω ib.5 (1).26.16 (Amyclae, ii/i B. C.); [ per.] 2pl.

    ἐξ-ενέγκατε Ar.Ra. 847

    : subj. ἐνέγκω common to both forms: opt., [ per.] 1sg.

    ἐνέγκαιμι E.Hipp. 393

    , Pl.Cri. 43c: [ per.] 3sg. ἐνέγκαι (cod.A, but - κοι cod.Laur.) S.Tr. 774, but

    ἐνέγκοι Id.Fr.84

     (anap.), Pl.R. 330a, ([etym.] ξυν-) Th.6.20, etc.; [ per.] 2pl. ἐνέγκαιτε ( ἐνέγκατε codd.) E.Heracl. 751 (lyr.): inf.

    ἐνεγκεῖν A.Supp. 766

    , S.OC 1599, IG22.40.18, etc., ([etym.] προς-) Pi.P.9.36, Hp.VM15; Hellenistic

    ἐνέγκαι Arist.Oec. 1349a27

     ([etym.] εἰς-), PAmh.2.30.35 (ii B. C.), Ev.Marc. 2.4 ([etym.] προς-), etc., found also in codd.Hp., Aff.3 ([etym.] προς-), Nat.Mul.19 ([etym.] δι-): part.

    ἐνεγκών Pi.I.8(7).21

    , S.El. 692, Th.6.56, etc.,

    ἐνέγκας IG22.1361.21

     ([etym.] εἰς-), 333.4, D.49.51 (and later, Demetr.Com.Nov.1.10 ([etym.] εἰς-), Arist.Oec. 1351a14, etc.; in X. we find

    ἐξ-ενεγκόντες Mem.1.2.53

    , and δι-ενεγκοῦσα, συν-ενεγκόντες, vv. ll. in ib.2.2.5, An.6.5.6):— [voice] Med., only ἠνεγκάμην, Ar.Ec.76 ([etym.] ἐξ-), etc. (exc. imper.

    ἐνεγκοῦ S.OC 470

    ); [ per.] 2sg.

    ἠνέγκω E.Supp. 583

    , X.Oec.7.13; [ per.] 3sg.

    ἠνέγκατο S.Tr. 462

    , Pl.R. 406b, etc.; [ per.] 1pl.

    ἠνεγκάμεθα Id. Ion 530b

    , ([etym.] προ-) Phlb. 57a; inf.

    εἰς-ενέγκασθαι Isoc.15.188

    : part.

    ἐνεγκάμενος Aeschin.1.131

    , ([etym.] ἀπ-) X.Ages.6.2.
    IV from ἐνεικ- comes [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεικα, found mostly in [dialect] Ion. (but not in codd. Hp.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr., also at Cos (v. infr.) and implied elsewh. in pass. forms (v. infr. v):—the endings are those of [tense] aor. 1, exc. in imper.

    ἔνεικε Od.21.178

    , inf. ἐνεικέμεν (v.l. ἐνεγκέμεν) Il.19.194, ἐνείκην (v. infr.), and part. μετ-ενεικών, ἐξενικοῦσι (v. infr.), cf. συνενείκομαι:—[ per.] 1sg.

    ἀν-ένεικα Od.11.625

    ; [ per.] 2sg.

    ἀπ-ένεικας Il.14.255

    ; [ per.] 3sg.

    ἤνεικε Od.18.300

    , al., Hdt.2.146, [dialect] Ep.

    ἔνεικε Il.15.705

    , al.; [ per.] 1pl.

    ἐνείκαμεν Od.24.43

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    ἤνεικαν Hdt.3.30

    , [dialect] Ep.

    ἔνεικαν Il.9.306

    ; imper. [ per.] 2sg.

    ἔνεικον Anacr.62.3

    ; [ per.] 2pl.,

    ἐνείκατε Od. 8.393

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    ἐνεικάντων Schwyzer 688

     B 3 (Chios, v B. C.); inf.

    ἐνεῖκαι Il.18.334

    , Pi.P.9.53, Hdt.1.32; ἐνεικέμεν (v. supr.); [dialect] Aeol.

    ἐνείκην Alc.Oxy.1788

     Fr.15ii 20; part.

    ἐνείκας Il.17.39

    , ([etym.] ἀν-) Hdt.2.23;

    μετ-ενεικών Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).22

     (Cos, iii B. C.):—[voice] Med., [ per.] 3sg.

    ἀν-ενείκατο Il.19.314

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    ἠνείκαντο 9.127

    , Hdt.1.57, ([etym.] ἐς-) 7.152; part.

    ἐνεικάμενος Alc.35.4

    .
    2 [tense] aor. 1 ἤνῐκα is found in the foll. dialect forms: [ per.] 3sg.

    ἤνικε IG42(1).121.110

     (Epid., iv B. C.);

    ἤνικεν SIG239

     Bi11 (Delph., iv B. C.);

    ἀν-ήνικε IG4.757A12

    , al. (Troezen, ii B. C.); ἀπ-ήνικε ib.42(1).103.16, al. (Epid., iv B. C.); but ἤνῑκε is prob. written for ἤνεικε in IG4.801.3 (Troezen, vi B. C.); [ per.] 1pl. ἀν-ηνίκαμες [ῐ] GDI 3591b21 ([place name] Calymna); [ per.] 3pl.

    ἤνικαν SIG239

     Bi 17 (Delph., iv B. C.), IG 12(2).15.15 (Mytil., iii B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj.

    ἐνίκει Berl.Sitzb.1927.161

     ([place name] Cyrene); ἐς-ενίκη, and inf. ἐς-ένικαι, IG12(2).645b43,39 (Nesus, iv B. C.); part. (dat. pl.)

    ἐξ-ενικοῦσι IG4.823.49

     (Troezen, iv B. C.); so in later Gr.,

    εἰς-ήνικα Supp.Epigr.7.381

    ,382 (Dura-Europos, iii A. D.); ἤνιγκα ib.383 (ibid., iii A. D.):—[voice] Med., part.

    ἐξ-ε[νικ]άμενος IG12

     (2).526a5 (Eresus, iv B. C.).
    b [dialect] Boeot. [tense] aor. 1 in [ per.] 3pl.

    εἴνιξαν IG7.2418.24

     (Thebes, iv B. C.); [ per.] 1sg. ἤνειγξα Hdn.Gr.2.374.
    V other tenses: [tense] pf.

    ἐνήνοχα D.21.108

    , 22.62, ([etym.] ἐξ-) Luc.Pr.Im.15,17, ([etym.] μετ-) Pl.Criti. 113a, ([etym.] συν-) v. l. in X.Mem.3.5.22:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.

    ἐνεχθήσομαι Arist.Ph. 205b12

    , Archim.Fluit.2.2, al., ([etym.] ἐπ-) Th.7.56, ([etym.] κατ-) Isoc.13.19: [tense] aor.

    ἠνέχθην X.An.4.7.12

     and freq. in compds.; [dialect] Ion.

    ἀπ-ηνείχθην Hdt.1.66

    , etc.; ([etym.] περι-) ib.84; [ per.] 3pl. written ἠνείχτθησαν in Schwyzer 707B9 (Ephesus, vi B. C.); [dialect] Dor. part.

    ἐξ-ενειχθείς IG42(1).121.115

     (Epid., iv B. C.); Hellenistic

    ἐνεγχθείς PCair.Zen.327.42

     (iii B. C.), ([etym.] συμπερι-) IPE12.32A31,78, B70 (Olbia, iii B. C.); in dialects, [ per.] 3sg. indic.

    ἀπ-ηνίχθη IG42(1).103.111

     (Epid., iv B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj. ἐξενιχθῇ ib.12(5).593 A23 (Ceos, v B. C.), Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).21 (Cos, iii B. C.); [dialect] Boeot.

    ἐν-ενιχθεῖ IG7.3172.150

     (Thespiae, iii B. C.); part. (neut.)

    ἐπ-ενιχθέν Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).53

     (Telos, iv B. C., ined.); [dialect] Att. [tense] pf.

    ἐνήνεγμαι, ἐνήνεκται Pl.R. 584d

    ,

    εἰς-ενήνεκται E. Ion 1340

    ;

    ἀν-ενήνεγκται IG12.91.4

    ; ἐπαν-ενήνειγκται ib.22.1607a7; [dialect] Ion.

    ἐξ-ενηνειγμένος Hdt.8.37

    ; [dialect] Att. [tense] plpf.

    προς-ενήνεκτο X.HG4.3.20

    ; part.

    κατ-, μετ-ενηνεγμένος Plb.10.30.2

    , Str.13.1.12. (With φέρω cf. Lat.fero, OE. beran, Skt. bhárati 'bear'; οἴσω is of uncertain origin; ἐνεγκ- is prob. redupl. ἐγκ- ( ἐνεκ- in [voice] Pass. forms and in δουρηνεκής, etc.), cogn. with Skt. náśati 'attain,' Lat. nanciscor, Lith. nèšti 'carry, bear'; ἐνεικ- ([etym.] ἐνῐκ-) is of uncertain origin; the glosses ἐνέεικαν· ἤνεγκαν, and ἐνεείκω· ἐνέγκω (Hsch.) are not corroborated.)
    A [voice] Act.,
    I bear or carry a load,

    ἐν ταλάροισι φέρον μελιηδέα καρπόν Il.18.568

    ;

    μέγα ἔργον, ὃ οὐ δύο γ' ἄνδρε φέροιεν 5.303

    ;

    ἦγον μὲν μῆλα, φέρον δ' εὐήνορα οἶνον Od.4.622

    ;

    χοάς A.Ch.15

    ;

    φ. ἐπ' ὤμοις S.Tr. 564

    ;

    χερσὶν φ. Id.Ant. 429

    ;

    φ. ὅπλα βραχίονι E.Hec.14

    ; bear (as a device) on one's shield, A.Th. 559, etc.; γαστέρι κοῦρον φ., of a pregnant woman, Il.6.59; φ. ὑπὸ ζώνην or ζώνης ὕπο, A.Ch. 1000(992), E.Hec. 762: in Trag. stronger than ἔχω, ἁγνὰς αἵματος χεῖρας φ. to have hands clean from blood, E.Hipp. 316 (v.l. φορεῖς)

    ; ἀλαὸν ὄμμα φέρων Id.Ph. 1531

     (lyr.);

    γλῶσσαν εὔφημον φ. A.Ch. 581

    , cf. Supp. 994;

    καλὸν φ. στόμα S.Fr. 930

     codd. (nisi leg. φορῇ) ; ἄψοφον

    βάσιν φ. Id.Tr. 967

     (lyr.).
    II bear, convey, with collat. notion of motion, freq. in Hom.,

    πῇ δὴ.. τόξα φέρεις; Od.21.362

    ; πρόσω φ. ib. 369;

    εἴσω φέρω σ' ἐντεῦθεν Ar.V. 1444

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 914b;

    πόδες φέρον Il.6.514

    ;

    πέδιλα τά μιν φέρον 24.341

    , etc.; of horses, 2.838;

    ἵππω.. ἅρμα οἴσετον 5.232

    , etc.; of ships, Od.16.323, cf. Il.9.306;

    τὰ σώματα τῶν ζῴων συνέστηκεν ἐκ τοῦ φέροντος καὶ τοῦ φερομένου Diocl. Fr.17

    .
    b of persons, bring to bear, μένος or μένος χειρῶν ἰθύς τινος φέρειν hurl one's strength right upon or against him, Il.16.602, 5.506; φ. τὴν ὀργήν, τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπί τινα, Plb.21.31.8, 33.11.2.
    c lead, direct,

    τὴν πόλιν Plu.Luc.6

    .
    2 of wind, bear along, [

    πνοιὴ Ζεφύρου] φ. νῆάς τε καὶ αὐτούς Od.10.26

    ; [

    σχεδίην] ἄνεμοι φέρον ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα 5.330

    , cf. 4.516, Il.19.378, etc.;

    ἐπέλασσε φέρων ἄνεμος Od.3.300

    , 7.277, cf. 5.111, etc.: abs., ὁ βορέας ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα φέρει is fair for Greece, X.An.5.77: metaph.,

    ὅπῃ ἂν ὁ λόγος ὥσπερ πνεῦμα φ. Pl.R. 394d

    ;

    φ. τινὰ φρένες δύσαρκτοι A.Ch. 1023

    , cf. Th. 687 (lyr.):—[voice] Pass., v. infr. B.
    III endure, suffer,

    λυγρά Od.18.135

    ;

    ἄτην Hdt.1.32

    ; χαλινόν, ζυγόν, A.Ag. 1066, 1226; πημονάς, τύχας, Id.Pers. 293, E.Or. 1024;

    ξυμφοράς Th.2.60

    ;

    τὰς οὐ προσηκούσας ἁμαρτίας Antipho 3.2.10

    ; also of food,

    ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φ. X.Cyr.8.2.21

    ; of strong wine, bear, admit, καὶ τὰ τρία φέρων καλῶς, i.e. three parts of water, instead of ἴσον ἴσῳ, Ar.Eq. 1188, cf. Ach. 354; so τὰς ἐπιδείξεις.. φέρουσιν αὐτοῦ (sc. Ἰσοκράτους)

    οἱ λόγοι, τοὺς δὲ ἐν ἐκκλησίαις.. ἀγῶνας οὐχ ὑπομένουσι D.H.Isoc.2

    : metaph.,

    ᾗ φέρειν πέφυκε Pl.Ti. 48a

    .
    2 freq. with modal words,

    πήματα κόσμῳ φ. Pi.P.3.82

    ;

    σιγῇ κακά E.Hec. 738

    ;

    ὀργῇ τὸν πόλεμον Th.1.31

    ;

    θυμῷ φ. Id.5.80

    ;

    χαρᾷ φ. τι J.AJ19.1.13

    : esp. with an Adv., [

    ὕβριν] ῥηϊδίως φ. Hes.Op. 215

    ; δεινῶς, βαρέως, πικρῶς, χαλεπῶς φέρειν τι, bear a thing impatiently, take it ill or amiss, Hdt.2.121.γ, 5.19, E. Ion 610, Pl.R. 330a, etc.; δυσπετῶς, βαρυστόνως φ., A.Pr. 752, Eu. 794; προθύμως φέρειν τὸν πόλεμον to be zealous about the war, Hdt.9.18,40;

    προθύμως τὰ τοῦ πολέμου ἔφερον Th.8.36

    ;

    αἶσαν φέρειν ὡς ῥᾷστα A.Pr. 104

    ;

    συμφορὴν ὡς κουφότατα φ. Hdt.1.35

    ;

    ῥᾳδίως φ. Pl.Grg. 522d

    , al.;

    εὐπετῶς φ. S.Fr. 585

    , X.Mem.2.1.6; εὐπόρως ( εὐφόρως Brunck)

    ἐνεγκεῖν S.Ph. 873

    ; εὐμενῶς, εὐχερῶς φ., D.Ep. 3.45, Pl.R. 474e; these phrases are used mostly c. acc. rei; also c. part.,

    βαρέως ἤνεικε ἰδών Hdt.3.155

    , cf. Ar.Th. 385, etc.;

    φ. ἐλαφρῶς.. λαβόντα ζυγόν Pi.P.2.93

    ;

    ῥᾳδίως φέρεις ἡμᾶς ἀπολείπων Pl. Phd. 63a

    : c. gen.,

    τοῦ ἐνδεοῦς χαλεπώτερον φ. Th.1.77

    , cf. 2.62;

    ἐπί τινι, χαλεπῶς φ. ἐπὶ τῇ πολιορκίᾳ X.HG7.4.21

    , cf. Isoc.12.232;

    πράως ἐπὶ τοῖς γιγνομένοις φ. D.58.55

    : c. dat. only, βαρέως φέρειν τοῖς παροῦσι, τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ, X.An.1.3.3, HG3.4.9, cf. 5.1.29; later, χαλεπῶς φ. διά τι, πρός τι, D.S.17.111, Jul.Or.1.17c codd.
    IV bring, fetch,

    εἰ.. θεὸς αὐτὸν ἐνείκαι Od.21.196

    ;

    φ. ἄποινα Il.24.502

    ;

    ἄρνε 3

    , 120, cf. Sapph.95; ὕδωρ, οἶνον, Anacr.62.1;

    ἔντεα Il.18.191

    ;

    τόξα Od.21.359

    ;

    κνημῖδας A.Th. 675

    ;

    δᾷδα Ar.Nu. 1490

    , etc.;

    γῆν τε καὶ ὕδωρ Hdt.7.131

    :—[voice] Med., carry or bring with one, or for one's own use,

    ποδάνιπτρα Od.19.504

    ;

    οἶνον Alc.35

    , cf. Hdt.4.67, 7.50, X. Mem.3.14.1;

    φερνὰς δόμοις E.Andr. 1282

    ; fetch, Od.2.410;

    χοὰς ἐκ κρήνης S.OC 470

    .
    2 bring, offer, present,

    δῶρα Od.8.428

    , etc.;

    μέλος Pi.P.2.3

    ;

    χοάς τινι A.Ch. 487

    ;

    φ. πέπλον δώρημά τινι S.Tr. 602

    ;

    πρός τινα δῶρα X.An.7.3.31

    ; χάριν τινὶ φ. grant any one a favour, do him a kindness, Il.5.211, Od.5.307, al.;

    ἐπὶ ἦρα φ. τινί Il.1.572

    , Od.3.164, etc.; φ. τισὶ εὐνοίας, ὄνησιν ἀστοῖς, A.Supp. 489, S.OC 287; but after Hom., χάριν τινὶ φ. show gratitude to him, Pi.O.10(11).17; μῆνιν φ. τινί cherish wrath against.. A.Niob. in PSI11.1208.12.
    b = ἄγω iv. 1,

    ἄχρι νῦν καθ' ὥραν ἔτους λέγονται πένθος ἐπὶ Μελεάγρῳ φέρειν Ant.Lib.2.7

    ; Ἰάλεμος· ὁ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀπολωλόσιν ἀνίαν φέρων, Suid.:—[voice] Med.,

    τοῦ γονέως ἐφ' ᾧ γε τὸ πένθος φέρεσθε Phalar.Ep.103.1

    .
    3 bring, produce, cause, [

    ἀστὴρ] φέρει πυρετὸν βροτοῖσιν Il.22.31

    ;

    ὄσσαν.. ἥ τε φ. κλέος ἀνθρώποισι Od.1.283

    , cf. 3.204; φ. κακόν, πῆμα, ἄλγεα, etc., work one woe, Il.8.541, Od.12.231, 427, etc.; δηϊοτῆτα φ. bring war, 6.203;

    ἐπ' ἀλλήλοισι φ. Ἄρηα Il.3.132

    , cf. 8.516;

    πόλεμον Hes.Sc. 150

    ;

    θάνατον φ. B.5.134

    ;

    τοῦτο εὐδοξίαν σοι οἴσει Pl.Ep. 312c

    ;

    τὸ σωθῆναι τὸ ψεῦδος φέρει S.Ph. 109

    ;

    τέχναι.. φόβον φέρουσιν μαθεῖν A.Ag. 1135

     (lyr.); ὥσπερ τὸ δίκαιον ἔφερε as justice brought with it, brought about, i.e. as was just, no more than just, Hdt.5.58;

    ἀν' ὄ κα φέρῃ ὁ λόγος ὁ ταμία Φιλοκλέος IG42(1).77.13

     (Epid., ii B. C.); of a calculation, yield a result, Vett.Val.349.27; produce, adduce, bring forward,

    παραδείγματα Isoc.7.6

    , etc.;

    πάσας αἰτίας D.58.22

    ;

    ἁρμόττουσαν εἰκόνα Id.61.10

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    εἰς τὴν συνηγορίαν.. τοιαῦτά τινα φέρεται Sor.2.3

    .
    b bring or carry with one, involve,

    τὸ πᾶν ἡμῖν τοῦ πολέμου φέρουσιν αἱ νέες Hdt.8.62

    ; οὐ ξύλων ἀγὼν ὁ τὸ πᾶν φέρων ἐστὶ ἡμῖν, ἀλλ' ἀνδρῶν ib. 100.
    4 μῦθον φ. τινί bring one word, Il.10.288, 15.202; ἀγγελίην φ. bring a message, ib. 175, Od.1.408;

    λόγον Pi.P.8.38

    ;

    ἐπιστολὰς φ. τινί S.Aj. 781

    , cf. Tr. 493;

    ἐπιστολήν X.Ages.8.3

    : hence, tell, announce, πευθώ, φάτιν, A.Th. 370, Ag.9;

    σαφές τι πρᾶγος Id.Pers. 248

     (troch.), cf. Ag. 639, etc.; report, ἀγήν (breakages) PCair.Zen. 15r27 (iii B. C.); φ. κεχωνευκώς reports that he has.., ib.741.26, cf. 147.4, 268.24 (all iii B. C.); enter, book a payment made, PBaden47.12:—[voice] Med.,

    λόγους φ. E.Supp. 583

    ; but also ἀγγελίας ἔπος οἴσῃ thou shalt have it brought thee, receive, Id.Ph. 1546 (lyr.);

    μαντήϊα.. φέρονται Hes.Fr.134.9

    :—[voice] Pass., θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου the death of the testator must be announced, Ep.Heb.9.16.
    5 pay something due or owing, φόρον τέσσαρα τάλαντα φ. pay as a tax or tribute, Th.4.57, cf. IG12.57.9, Pl.Plt. 298a, PCair.Zen.467.7 (iii B. C.);

    δασμόν X.An.5.5.10

    ; σύνοδον φ. subscribe to the expense of a meeting, IG22.1012.14, 1326.6;

    χρήματα πᾶσι τάξαντες φ. Th.1.19

    ;

    μισθὸν φ. X.Cyr.1.6.12

     (but usu., receive, draw, pay,

    μισθὸν δύο δραχμὰς τῆς ἡμέρας Ar.Ach.66

    ;

    τέτταρας τῆς ἡμέρας ὀβολοὺς φέρων Men.357

    ;

    αἱ νῆες μισθὸν ἔφερον Th. 3.17

    , cf. X.An.1.3.21, Oec.1.6);

    φ. ἐννέα ὀβολοὺς τῆς μνᾶς τόκους Lys.Fr.1.2

    , cf. Lycurg.23; also of property, bring in, yield as rent,

    φ. μίσθωσιν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ Is.5.35

    .
    6 apply, refer,

    τι ἐπί τι Pl. Ti. 37e

    , Chrm. 163d, R. 478b, cf. Plb.3.36.7, al.; φ. τὰ πράγματα ἐπί τινα confer powers upon, Id.2.50.6.
    7 ψῆφον φ. give one's vote, A.Eu. 674, 680, And.1.2, Is.11.18; ψῆφος καθ' ἡμῶν οἴσεται ([voice] Pass.) E.Or. 440;

    περὶ ταύτης ἡ ψῆφος οἰσθήσεται D.44.45

    ;

    ὑπὲρ ἀγῶνος Lycurg.7

    , cf. 11: hence φ. τινά appoint or nominate to an office,

    φ. χορηγόν D.20.130

    , 39.7, cf. Pl.Lg. 753d, Arist.Pol. 1266a10:—[voice] Pass., ibid.;

    ὅπως φέρηται ἐν τῷ στρατιωτικῷ UPZ15.10

     (ii B. C.);

    τῶν φερομένων ἐν Κλεοπάτρᾳ κληρούχων PRein.10.13

    , al. (ii B. C.); φερομένου μου ἐν τῇ συνοχῇ since I am enrolled in prison, i.e. am in prison, BGU1821.21 (i B. C.):—[voice] Med., choose, adopt,

    ταύταν φ. βιοτάν E.Andr. 785

     (lyr.).
    V bring forth, produce, whether of the earth or of trees,

    φ. ἄρουρα φάρμακα Od.4.229

    ;

    ἄμπελοι φ. οἶνον 9.110

    ; [νῆσος] φ. ὥρια πάντα ib. 131, cf. Hes.Op. 117; [

    οὐ] γῆ καρπὸν ἔφερε Hdt.6.139

    ;

    γύαι φ. βίοτον A.Fr.196.5

    , cf. Pi.N.11.41, E.Hec. 593, etc.: abs., bear fruit, be fruitful,

    εὖτ' ἂν τάδε πάντα φέρῃσι h.Merc.91

    ; ἡ γῆ ἔφερε ( καρπόν add. codd. quidam) Hdt.5.82;

    αἱ ἄμπελοι φέρουσιν X.Oec.20.4

    ; also of living beings,

    τόπος ἄνδρας φ. Pl.Ti. 24c

    ;

    ἤνεγκεν αὐτὸν Λαοδίκεια Philostr. VS1.25.1

    ;

    ἡ ἐνεγκοῦσα

     one's country,

    Hld.2.29

    , Lib.Or. 2.66, al., Chor.p.81 B., Lyd.Mag.3.26, dub. in Supp.Epigr.4.439 (Milet.) without Art. (also

    ἡ ἐνεγκαμένη Jul.Ep. 202

    ); or Mother Earth, M.Ant.4.48: generally, create, form,

    Πηνειὸς Τέμπη φ. Philostr.Im.1.25

    ; [

    τὰ βρέφη] ἄρχεται φέρειν τοὺς ὀδόντας Aët.4.9

    ;

    φ. τοὺς κυνόδοντας Gp.16.1.14

    .
    VI carry off or away,

    Κῆρες ἔβαν θανάτοιο φέρουσαι Il.2.302

    ;

    φ. τινὰ ἐκ πόνου 14.429

    , 17.718, etc.; of winds, [ἔπος] φέροιεν ἀναρπάξασαι ἄελλαι may the winds sweep away the word, Od.8.409; of a river, Hdt.1.189:—[voice] Med., carry off with one, Od.15.19.
    2 carry away as booty or prize, ἔναρα, τεύχεα, Il.6.480, 17.70;

    αἶγα λέοντε φ. 13.199

    ; δεῖπνον φ., of Harpies, A.Eu.51;

    ἐνέχυρα βίᾳ φ. Antipho 6.11

    ; in the phrase φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν (cf.

    ἄγω 1.3

    ), IG12.69.19; φέροντα ἢ ἄγοντα Lex ap.D.23.60;

    αἴ κα.. ἄγῃ ἢ φέρῃ Leg.Gort.5.37

    ;

    ἥρπαζον καὶ ἔφερον Lys.20.17

    ;

    κείρων ἢ φέρων IG12(9).90.10

     (Tamynae, iv B. C.);

    αἴ τίς κα.. φέρει τι τῶν ἐν τᾷ ἱαρᾷ γᾷ Tab.Heracl.1.128

    ; of a divorced wife,

    αἰ δέ τι ἄλλο φέροι τῶ ἀνδρός, πέντε στατῆρανς καταστασεῖ κὤτι κα φέρῃ αὐτόν Leg.Gort.3.2

    ; φέρειν alone, rob, plunder,

    θεῶν ἱερά E.Hec. 804

    ;

    ἀλλήλους Th.1.7

    ; abs., SIG38.23 (Teos, v B. C.):—[voice] Pass.,

    φερόμενοι Βακχῶν ὕπο E.Ba. 759

    :—[voice] Med. in same sense,

    ἔναρα Il.22.245

    ;

    πελέκεας οἶκόνδε φ. 23.856

    ;

    ἀτερπέα δαῖτα Od.10.124

    , cf. 15.378.
    3 carry off, gain, esp. by toil or trouble, win, achieve, both [voice] Act. and [voice] Med.,

    ἤ κε φέρῃσι μέγα κράτος ἦ κε φεροίμην Il.18.308

    ;

    φέρειν τρίποδα Hes.Op. 657

    ;

    τἀπινίκια S.El. 692

    ;

    τιμήν Ar. Av. 1278

    ; τἀριστεῖα, τὰ νικητήρια, Pl.R. 468c, Lg. 657e;

    πέρα.. οὐδὲν φ. S.OC 651

    ;

    ἐκ σοῦ πάντ' ἄνευ φόβου φ. Id.OT 590

    ; τίς.. πλέον τᾶς εὐδαιμονίας φέρει ἤ .. ; ib. 1190 (lyr.), cf. El. 1088 (lyr.); in bad sense,

    μείζω τὴν αἰσχύνην φ. Pl.Lg. 671e

    : also, receive one's due,

    φ. χάριν S.OT 764

    ;

    ὡς τοῦτό γ' ἔρξας δύο φέρῃ δωρήματα Id.Ph. 117

    ; μισθὸν φέρειν (v. supr. iv.5); of a priest's perquisites,

    φέρει ὁ ἱαρεὺς γέρη σκέλη κτλ. BMus.Inscr.968

     A 9 ([place name] Cos), cf. IG12.24.10, al., SIG56.35 (Argos, v B. C.):—[voice] Med. (v. ad init.), win for oneself,

    κῦδος οἴσεσθαι Il.22.217

    ; δέπας, τεύχεα, carry off as a prize, 23.663, 809, al.; ἀέθλια or ἄεθλον φ. carry off, win a prize, 9.127, 23.413; τὰ πρῶτα φέρεσθαι (sc. ἄεθλα) 23.275, 538;

    οὐ σμικρὸν ἆθλον τῆς ἐρωτικῆς μανίας φέρονται Pl.Phdr. 256d

    ; of perquisites, τὸ.. σκέλος τοὶ ἱαρομνάμονες φερόσθω (i. e. φερούσθω from Φερόνσθω) IG42(1).40.13 (Epid., v/iv B. C.): hence

    οὐ τὰ δεύτερα Hdt.8.104

    ; πλέον φέρεσθαι get more or a larger share for onself, gain the advantage over any one, τινος Hdt.7.211, cf. S.OT 500 (lyr.), E.Hec. 308; ταῦτα ἐπὶ σμικρόν τι ἐφέροντο τοῦ πολέμου this they received as a small help towards the war, Hdt.4.129;

    ἠνείκατο παρὰ Ἐγεσταίων τὰ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος 5.47

    ;

    ἴδια κέρδεα προσδεκόμενοι παρὰ τοῦ Πέρσεω οἴσεσθαι 6.100

    ;

    χάριν φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῶν And.2.9

    ;

    φ. τὴν ἀπέχθειαν αὐτῶν Antipho 3.4.2

    ;

    ὀνείδη Pl.Lg. 762a

    ;

    εὐσέβειαν ἐκ πατρὸς οἴσῃ S.El. 969

    ;

    δάκρυ πρὸς τῶν κλυόντων A.Pr. 638

    ;

    ἀπό τινος βοσκάν Id.Eu. 266

     (lyr.);

    ἐξ ἀνανδρίας τοὔνομα Aeschin.1.131

    : generally, get for one's own use and profit, take and carry away, esp. to one's own home,

    τοῦ.. πάμπρωτα παρ' ἀγλαὰ δῶρα φέροιο Il.4.97

    : hence φέρειν or φέρεσθαι is often used pleon., v. infr. xi.
    VII abs., of roads or ways, lead to a place,

    ὁδὸν φέρουσαν ἐς ἱρόν Hdt.2.122

    , cf. 138; τὴν φέρουσαν ἄνω (sc. ὁδόν) Id.9.69;

    τῆς μὲν ἐς ἀριστερὴν ἐπὶ Καρίης φ., τῆς δὲ ἐς δεξιὴν ἐς Σάρδις Id.7.31

    ;

    ἐπὶ Σοῦσα X.An.3.5.15

    ;

    ἁπλῆ οἶμος εἰς Ἅιδου φέρει A.Fr. 239

    ;

    ἡ ἐς Θήβας φέρουσα ὁδός Th.3.24

     (but ἡ ἐπ' Ἀθηνῶν φέρουσα ibid.); also ἡ θύρα ἡ εἰς τὸν κῆπον φ. the door leading to the garden, D.47.53; αἱ εἰς τὴν πόλιν φ. πύλαι, αἱ ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος φ. κλίμακες, X.HG7.2.7, cf. PMich.Zen.38.27 (iii B. C.), Plb.10.12.3.
    b of time,

    τῇ νυκτὶ τῇ φερούσῃ εἰς τὴν β τοῦ Παχών PPetr.3p

    .x (iii B. C.), cf. PTeb.61 (b) 288 (ii B. C.), BGU1832.5 (i B. C.), etc.
    3 metaph., lead to or towards, be conducive to,

    ἐς αἰσχύνην φέρει Hdt.1.10

    ;

    τὰ ἐς ἄκεσιν φέροντα Id.4.90

    ; ἐς βλάβην, ἐς φόβον φέρον, S.OT 517, 991;

    εἰς ὄκνον E.Supp. 295

    : esp. in good sense, tend, conduce to one's interest, ἐπ' ἀμφότερά τοι φέρει (impers.)

    ταῦτα ποιέειν Hdt.3

    . 134; so

    τὰ πρὸς τὸ ὑγιαίνειν φέροντα X.Mem.4.2.31

    ;

    τροφαὶ μέγα φ. εἰς ἀρετάν E.IA 562

    (lyr.); μέγα τι οἰόμεθα φέρειν (sc. κοινωνίαν γυναικῶν τε καὶ παίδων)

    εἰς πολιτείαν Pl.R. 449d

    ; τὰ καλὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα εἰς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν φ. ib. 444e, cf. X.Cyr.8.1.42; τοῦτο ἔφερεν αὐτῷ was for his good, M.Ant.5.8.
    b point to, refer to a thing,

    ἐς τί ὑμῖν ταῦτα φαίνεται φέρειν; Hdt.1.120

    ; φωνὴ φέρουσα πρός τινα addressed to him, Id.1.159;

    ἐς ἀρηΐους ἀγῶνας φέρον τὸ μαντήϊον Id.9.33

    , cf. 6.19; [ὄψις] φέρει ἐπὶ πᾶσαν γῆν refers to.., extends over.., Id.7.19; τὰ ἴχνη τῆς ὑποψίας εἰς τοῦτον φ. point to him, Antipho 2.3.10;

    πρός τινας Pl.R. 538c

    ;

    ταύτῃ <ὁ> νόος ἔφερε Hdt.9.120

    ; ἡ τοῦ δήμου φέρει γνώμη, ὡς .., the people's opinion inclines to this, that.., Id.4.11;

    ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Th.1.79

    : c. inf., τῶν ἡ γνώμη ἔφερε συμβάλλειν whose opinion inclined to giving battle, Hdt.6.110, cf. 5.118; πλέον ἔφερέ οἱ ἡ γνώμη κατεργάσεσθαι his opinion inclined rather to the view.., Hdt.8.100, cf. 3.77.
    VIII carry or have in the mouth, i. e. speak of,

    πολύν τινα ἐν ταῖς διαβολαῖς φέρειν Aeschin.3.223

    ; use a word,

    οὐκ οἶδα καθ' ὁποτέρου τούτων οἱ παλαιοὶ τὸ τῆς ζειᾶς ἔφερον ὄνομα Gal.Vict.Att.6

    , cf. 7.644, 15.753, 876; record an event,

    οἱ δευτέρῳ μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον.. ἔτει φέροντες αὐτήν D.H.1.63

    : more freq. in [voice] Pass., πονηρῶς, εὖ, φέρεσθαι, to be ill or well spoken of, X.HG1.5.17, 2.1.6;

    ἀτίμως ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φ. Pl.Ep. 328e

    ; abs., φέρεται [the report] is carried about, i.e. it is said, c. acc. et inf.,

    τοιόνδε φέρεται πρῆγμα γίνεσθαι Hdt.8.104

     (v.l.); ἐν χρόνοις φέρεται μνημονευομένοις is recorded as occurring within historical times, Str.1.3.15;

    ὅτε καὶ Δημόκριτος φέρεται τελευτήσας Sor.Vit.Hippocr.11

    ;

    κρίνομεν.. τὰ γραφέντα ὑφ' ἡμῶν προστάγματα ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς νόμοις φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῖν OGI331.60

     (Pergam., ii B. C.);

    ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα φέρεται

     are in use,

    Ptol.Geog.7.4.11

    ; of literary works, to be in circulation,

    ἐπιστόλιον αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτον φέρεται Plu.2.808a

    , cf. 209e, 832d, 833c, al., Jul.Or.6.189b, Gp.2.35.8, Eun.VSp.456 B.; πρόλογοι διττοὶ φέρονται Arg.E.Rh.; ὁ στίχος οὗτος ἔν τισιν οὐ φέρεται Sch.E. Ph. 377, cf. Sch.Il.8.557.
    2 of words, φέρεσθαι ἐπί τι to refer to something, A.D.Pron.61.5, Synt.21.14, al.
    IX imper. φέρε like ἄγε, as Adv., come, now, well,
    1 before another imper.,

    φέρε γὰρ σήμαινε A.Pr. 296

     (anap.);

    φέρ' εἰπὲ δή μοι S.Ant. 534

    ;

    φ. δή μοι τόδε εἰπέ Pl.Cra. 385b

    ; so

    φέρετε.. πειρᾶσθε Hdt.4.127

    .
    2 before [ per.] 1sg. or pl. of subj. used imperatively, φέρε ἀκούσω, φέρε στήσωμεν, Hdt.1.11,97;

    φ. δὲ νῦν.. φράσω Id.2.14

    ;

    φέρ' ἴδω, τί δ' ἥσθην; Ar.Ach.4

    ;

    φέρε δὴ κατίδω Id. Pax 361

    , cf. 959; φ. δὴ ἴδωμεν, φ. δὴ σκεψώμεθα, Pl.Grg. 455a, Prt. 330b, cf. E.Or. 1281 (lyr.), Ph. 276, etc.: less freq. before 2 pers.,

    φέρε.. μάθῃς S.Ph. 300

    .
    3 before a rhetorical question,

    φέρε.. τροπαῖα πῶς ἀναστήσεις; E.Ph. 571

    ;

    φ. δὴ νῦν.. τί γαμεῖθ' ἡμᾶς; Ar.Th. 788

     (anap.), cf. Ach. 541, Pl.R. 348c; φ. μῶν οὐκ ἀνάγκη .. ; Id.Lg. 805d; φ. πρὸς θεῶν πῶς .. ; Id.Grg. 514d; freq. in phrase

    φέρε γάρ, φέρε τίς γὰρ οὗτος; Ar.Nu. 218

    ;

    φ. γὰρ πρὸς τίνας χρὴ πολεμεῖν; Isoc.4.183

    , cf. Antipho 5.36; also

    φ. δή Pl.Grg. 455a

    , al.: usu. first in a sentence, but

    τὴν ἀνδρείαν δὲ φ. τί θῶμεν; Id.Lg. 633c

    , etc.
    4 φέρε δή, ἐάν πῃ διαλλαχθῶμεν .. come let us see if we can.., Id.Cra. 430a.
    5 φέρε c. inf., suppose, grant that..

    φ. λέγειν τινά Plu.2.98b

    ; φ. εἰπεῖν let us say, D.Chr.31.93, 163, Porph.Abst.3.3;

    οἷον φ. εἰ. Iamb. in Nic.p.47

     P., al. ( οἷον φέρε alone, Hierocl. in CA11p.439M.).
    X part. neut. τὸ φέρον, as Subst., destiny, fate, τὸ φ. ἐκ θεοῦ [καλῶς] φέρειν [χρή] ye must bear nobly what heaven bears to you, awards you, S.OC 1693 (lyr., codd., sed secl. καλῶς, χρή)

    ; εἰ τὸ φερον σε φέρει, φέρε καὶ φέρου AP 10.73

     (Pall.).
    2 part. φέρων in all genders freq. joined with another Verb:
    a to express a subsidiary action, φέρων ἔδωκε he brought and gave, Od.22.146; δὸς τῷ ξείνῳ ταῦτα φέρων take this and give it him, 17.345; ἔγχος ἔστησε φέρων brought the spear and placed it, 1.127; σῖτον παρέθηκε φέρουσα ib. 139, al., cf. S.Tr. 622;

    τοῦτο ἐλθὼν οἴκαδε φέρων τῷ πατρὶ ἔδωκα Pl.Hp.Ma. 282e

    , cf. R. 345b; so

    ὁ μὲν Ἐπίχαρμον.. εἰς δέκα τόμους φέρων συνήγαγεν Porph.Plot. 24

    ; ἑκάστῃ ἐννεάδι τὰ οἰκεῖα φέρων συνεφόρησα ibid., etc.; sts. translatable by with,

    ᾤχοντο φέροντες τὰ γράμματα Th.7.8

    .
    b intr., in pass. sense, to denote unrestrained action,

    νῦν σε μάλ' οἴω.. φέροντα.. φιλητεύσειν h.Merc. 159

    ; φέρουσα ἐνέβαλε νηΐ φιλίῃ she went and rammed, rammed full tilt, Hdt.8.87; ὅταν ἐπὶ θάτερ' ὥσπερ εἰς τρυτάνην ἀργύριον προσενέγκῃς, οἴχεται φέρον down it sinks, D.5.12;

    τὰ μὲν ἄλλα μέρη τοῦ πολέμου παρῆκαν, φέροντες δὲ παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἀκράγαντα προσήρεισαν

     hurling themselves,

    Plb.1.17.8

    ;

    εἰς τοῦτο φέρων περιέστησε τὰ πράγματα Aeschin.3.82

    ; ὑπέβαλεν ἑαυτὸν φέρων Θηβαίοις ib.90, cf. 1.175, 3.143,146; in the foll. passages φέρων accompanies a Verb of throwing, giving, entrusting, or dedicating, and expresses wholehearted action, whether wise or unwise; there is always an accus., freq. of the reflex. Pron., governed by the principal Verb (or perh. by φέρων): ἐπεὶ ἐς τοὺς κρατῆρας ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἐνέβαλον (sc. ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ) when I went (or took) and threw myself.., Luc.Icar.13, cf. Fug.1, Plu.Comp.Arist. Cat.1, Fab.6, Per.12, Paus.1.30.1, Ael.VH8.14, Frr.10,69, Philostr. VA3.4;

    τὴν κατασκευὴν.. φέρων ἐδωρήσατο τῇ μητρί D.S.31.27

    , cf. Ach.Tat.1.7;

    σεαυτὸν.. φέρων ἀπημπόληκας Luc.Merc.Cond.24

    ;

    τί παθόντες.. τοῖς ἀτέκνοις τῶν γερόντων ἐσποιεῖτε φέροντες αὑτούς; Luc. DMort.6.3

    , cf. Ind.19, Laps.22; ταύτῃ (sc. τῇ ὀργῇ)

    φέρων ὑπέθηκεν ἑαυτόν Plu.Them.24

    , cf. Per.7;

    τούτῳ φέροντες ὑποβάλλουσι τοὺς υἱούς Id.2.4b

    , cf. Luc.6, Pomp.27, Ael.VH6.1, Max.Tyr.1.2;

    προσέθετο φέρων ἑαυτὸν ἐκείνῳ Eun.VS p.456

     B., cf.pp.461,465 B., Dam. ap. Suid. s.v. Σεβηριανός; ἀλλὰ σοὶ μὲν, ὦ θεῶν πάτερ, ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἀναθήσω Jul.Or.7.231b.
    3 ἔκκρισις.. ἐκ μικρῶν φέρουσα διαστημάτων occurring at short intervals, Sor.2.45.
    XI φέρειν, φέρεσθαι are freq. added epexegetically to δίδωμι and similar Verbs,

    δῶκεν.. τρίποδα φέρειν Il.23.513

    , cf. 16.665, 17.131;

    τεύχεα.. δότω φέρεσθαι 11.798

    , cf. Od.21.349, E.Tr. 419, 454(troch.).
    B [voice] Pass. is used in most of the above senses:—special cases:
    I to be borne or carried involuntarily, esp. to be borne along by waves or winds, to be swept away, φέρεσθαι ἀνέμοισι, θυέλλῃ, Od.9.82, 10.54, cf. A.Pers. 276 (lyr.), etc.; πᾶν δ' ἦμαρ φερόμην, of Hephaestus falling from Olympus, Il.1.592; ἧκε φέρεσθαι he sent him flying, 21.120; ἧκα πόδας καὶ χεῖρε φέρεσθαι I let go my hands and feet, let them swing free [in the leap], Od.12.442, cf. 19.468; μέγα φέρεται πὰρ σέθεν, of a word uttered, comes with weight, Pi.P.1.87;

    βίᾳ φέρεται Pl.Phdr. 254a

    ;

    πνεῦμα φερόμενον Id.R. 496d

    ;

    τὸ πνεῦμα κατὰ τὰς ἀναπνοὰς εἴσω τε καὶ ἔξω φέρεται Gal.16.520

    ;

    ῥεῖν καὶ φέρεσθαι Pl.Cra. 411c

    ;

    φ. εἰς τὸν Τάρταρον Id.Phd. 114b

    ; simply, move, go,

    ποῖ γᾶς φέρομαι; S.OT 1309

     (anap.);

    οὐκ οἶσθ' ὅποι γῆς οὐδ' ὅποι γνώμης φέρῃ Id.El. 922

    , cf. E.Hec. 1076 (anap.), etc.; of the excreta,

    τὰ φερόμενα.. εἰ μὲν αὐτομάτως φέροιτο Philum.

     ap. Aët.9.12;

    πρὸς κοιλίαν φερομένην Aët.4.19

    : metaph.,

    εἰς τὸ λοιδορεῖν φέρῃ E.Andr. 729

    ;

    πρὸς τὴν τοῦ κάλλους φύσιν Pl.Phdr. 254b

    , cf. X.Mem.2.1.4; ἐπὶ ταὐτὸ φέρονται have the same tendency, Phld.Vit.p.42 J.;

    ἀπὸ δογμάτων καὶ ἀπὸ θεωρημάτων φ. Vett.Val.238.30

    ; of veins, to be conveyed, Gal.15.531; also ἡ φερομένη οὐσία (the doctrine of) universal motion, Pl.Tht. 177c; οἱ φερόμενοι θεοί the moving gods, i. e. the stars and planets, Plot.2.3.9.
    2 freq. in part. with another Verb of motion, φερόμενοι ἐσέπιπτον ἐς τοὺς Αἰγινήτας they fell into their hands with a rush, at full speed, Hdt.8.91;

    ἀπὸ.. ἐλπίδος ᾠχόμην φερόμενος Pl.Phd. 98b

    ;

    ἧκε φερόμενος εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν Aeschin.3.89

    .
    3 of voluntary and impulsive motion,

    ἰθὺς φέρεται μένει Il.20.172

    ; ὁμόσε τινὶ φέρεσθαι come to blows with him, X.Cyn.10.21;

    δρόμῳ φ. πρός τινα Id.HG4.8.37

    ;

    φυγῇ εἰς ἑαυτοὺς φ. Id.Cyr.1.4.23

    ;

    ἥξει ἐπ' ἐκεῖνον τὸν λόγον φερόμενος Lycurg.59

    ;

    φερόμενος ὑπ' ὀργῆς D.H.Comp.18

    .
    II metaph., καλῶς, κακῶς φέρεσθαι, of things, schemes, etc., turn out, prosper well or ill, succeed or fail,

    οὔτ' ἂν.. νόμοι καλῶς φέροιντ' ἄν S.Aj. 1074

    ;

    κακῶς φ. τὰ ἑαυτοῦ X.HG3.4.25

    ;

    εὖ φέρεται ἡ γεωργία Id.Oec.5.17

    ; ὀλιγώρως ἔχειν καὶ ἐᾶν ταῦτα φέρεσθαι to neglect things and let them take their course, D.8.67; less freq. of persons, fare well or ill, εὖ φερόμενος ἐν στρατηγίαις being generally successful.., Th.5.16, cf. 15;

    καλῶς φερόμενος τὸ καθ' ἑαυτόν Id.2.60

    ;

    φ. ἐν προτιμήσει παρά τινι D.S.33.5

    ;

    χεῖρον φερομένη παρὰ τἀδελφῷ J.AJ16.7.6

    ; of euphonious writing,

    σύνθεσις καλῶς φερομένη Phld.Po.5.26

    .
    2 behave, ὑποκριτικῶς, ἀστάτως, etc., Vett.Val.38.20, 197.8, al.
    C [voice] Med.: for its chief usages, v. supr. A. VI. 3.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > φέρω

  • 36 resolución

    f.
    1 resolution, firmness, decision, intention.
    2 resolution, decision, dictum.
    3 annulment, cancellation.
    4 resolution, disambiguation.
    * * *
    1 (decisión) resolution, decision; (determinación) determination, resolve
    2 (solución) solution; (de un conflicto) settlement; (en técnica) resolution
    \
    resolución fatal death wish
    resolución judicial court decision
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=decisión) decision
    2) [de problema] (=acción) solving; (=respuesta) solution
    3) [de conflicto] resolution
    4) (Jur)
    5) (=determinación) resolve, determination
    6) frm (=resumen)

    en resolución — in a word, in short, to sum up

    7) (Inform)
    8) Cono Sur (=terminación) finishing, completion
    * * *
    1) ( de problema) solution; ( de conflicto) settlement, resolution
    2) ( decisión) decision
    3) ( determinación) determination, resolve
    * * *
    = determination, purposefulness, resolution, resolution, resolution, single-mindedness, dpi (dots per inch), verdict, judging.
    Ex. Instead of fighting words with a dogged determination, he got to like them.
    Ex. The philosophical, brooding Hippopotamians have suffered many attacks by the neighbouring Crocs who are well known for their purposefulness and efficiency.
    Ex. Unfortunately, these factors simultaneously make the resolution of the situation more intractable.
    Ex. I was one of the cosigners of a resolution which tried to have the ISBD repealed.
    Ex. For example, when operating with colour and high resolution graphics, a microcomputer might possibly need 20K of storage.
    Ex. But first we must create the conditions for single-mindedness and hence the release of our energies (one senses much pent-up energy mixed up with our professional frustrations).
    Ex. High quality (400 dpi) TIFF files were stored on archival tape, and JPEG thumbnails and full-size images placed on server to be accessed by CGI script.
    Ex. A verdict of the Department of Education and Science has stated that librarians in future will have to be graduates only.
    Ex. The first meeting was held on 8 March with the first real judging taking place on 22 March when several tulips were in flower.
    ----
    * alta resolución = high resolution.
    * baja resolución = low resolution.
    * caminar con resolución = march.
    * con resolución = resolutely.
    * falta de resolución = procrastination.
    * orientado hacia la resolución de problemas = problem-orientated, problem-oriented.
    * resolución anafórica = anaphoric resolution.
    * resolución de conflictos = conflict resolution, peacemaking [peace-making].
    * resolución de disputas = dispute settlement.
    * resolución de la ambigüedad entre términos = term disambiguation, word sense disambiguation.
    * resolución de problemas = problem solving [problem-solving].
    * * *
    1) ( de problema) solution; ( de conflicto) settlement, resolution
    2) ( decisión) decision
    3) ( determinación) determination, resolve
    * * *
    = determination, purposefulness, resolution, resolution, resolution, single-mindedness, dpi (dots per inch), verdict, judging.

    Ex: Instead of fighting words with a dogged determination, he got to like them.

    Ex: The philosophical, brooding Hippopotamians have suffered many attacks by the neighbouring Crocs who are well known for their purposefulness and efficiency.
    Ex: Unfortunately, these factors simultaneously make the resolution of the situation more intractable.
    Ex: I was one of the cosigners of a resolution which tried to have the ISBD repealed.
    Ex: For example, when operating with colour and high resolution graphics, a microcomputer might possibly need 20K of storage.
    Ex: But first we must create the conditions for single-mindedness and hence the release of our energies (one senses much pent-up energy mixed up with our professional frustrations).
    Ex: High quality (400 dpi) TIFF files were stored on archival tape, and JPEG thumbnails and full-size images placed on server to be accessed by CGI script.
    Ex: A verdict of the Department of Education and Science has stated that librarians in future will have to be graduates only.
    Ex: The first meeting was held on 8 March with the first real judging taking place on 22 March when several tulips were in flower.
    * alta resolución = high resolution.
    * baja resolución = low resolution.
    * caminar con resolución = march.
    * con resolución = resolutely.
    * falta de resolución = procrastination.
    * orientado hacia la resolución de problemas = problem-orientated, problem-oriented.
    * resolución anafórica = anaphoric resolution.
    * resolución de conflictos = conflict resolution, peacemaking [peace-making].
    * resolución de disputas = dispute settlement.
    * resolución de la ambigüedad entre términos = term disambiguation, word sense disambiguation.
    * resolución de problemas = problem solving [problem-solving].

    * * *
    A (de un problema) solution; (de un conflicto) settlement, resolution
    B (decisión) decision
    tomaron or adoptaron la resolución de cerrar el hospital they decided to close the hospital
    C (de un contrato) termination
    D
    1 (determinación) determination, resolve
    2 (cualidad de decisivo) decisiveness
    E ( Ópt, Tec) resolution
    * * *

     

    resolución sustantivo femenino
    1 ( de problema) solution;
    ( de conflicto) settlement, resolution
    2 ( decisión) decision;

    tomaron la resolución de emigrar they decided to emigrate
    3 ( determinación) determination, resolve
    resolución sustantivo femenino
    1 (determinación, decisión) resolution: tomó la resolución de marcharse de casa, he decided to leave home
    2 (de un problema, acertijo, etc) solution
    ' resolución' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    empuje
    - arbitraje
    English:
    decision
    - determination
    - resolution
    - resolve
    - single-mindedness
    - steadfastness
    - strong-mindedness
    - ruling
    - settlement
    - unsettled
    * * *
    1. [solución] [de una crisis] resolution;
    [de un crimen] solution Informát resolución de problemas troubleshooting
    2. [firmeza] determination, resolve
    3. [decisión] decision;
    [de tribunal] ruling; [de Naciones Unidas] resolution;
    tomar una resolución to take a decision
    4. Informát [de imagen] resolution
    * * *
    f
    1 actitud determination, decisiveness
    2 de problema solution (de to)
    3 JUR ruling
    :
    tomar una resolución make o take a decision
    :
    de alta resolución high resolution
    6
    :
    en resolución to sum up
    * * *
    1) : resolution, settlement
    2) : decision
    3) : determination, resolve
    * * *
    resolución n determination / resolution

    Spanish-English dictionary > resolución

  • 37 fiesta

    f.
    1 (local) festivities.
    el pueblo está en fiestas the town is holding its annual fair o festival
    aguar la fiesta a alguien to spoil somebody's fun
    fiesta mayor = local celebrations for the festival of a town's patron saint
    fiesta(s) patronal(es) = celebrations for the feast day of a town's patron saint
    2 public holiday.
    ser fiesta to be a public holiday
    hacer fiesta to be on holiday
    3 party.
    dar una fiesta en honor de alguien to give a party in somebody's honor
    fiesta de disfraces fancy dress party
    4 formal party, gala, party.
    5 feast, holy day, religious celebration.
    * * *
    2 (reunión) party
    3 RELIGIÓN feast
    1 (festividades) festivity, fiesta
    2 (navidad) Christmas
    \
    aguar la fiesta to be a wet blanket, be a killjoy
    estar de fiesta figurado to be in a festive mood
    ¡felices fiestas! Merry Christmas!
    hacer fiesta un día to take a day off
    no estar para fiestas to be in no mood for jokes
    ¡tengamos la fiesta en paz! let's not argue!
    fiesta de cumpleaños birthday party
    fiesta de disfraces fancy-dress party
    fiesta de guardar day of obligation
    fiesta de la cerveza beer festival
    fiesta de precepto day of obligation
    Fiesta del Trabajo Labour (US Labor) Day
    fiesta fija immovable feast
    fiesta móvil movable feast
    fiesta nacional (día festivo) public holiday 2 (tauromaquia) bullfighting
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=reunión) party

    dar u organizar una fiesta — to give o throw a party

    tener la fiesta en paz —

    no os peleéis, ¡tengamos la fiesta en paz! — behave yourselves, don't fight!

    aguar 2)
    2) (=día festivo) holiday

    Fiesta del Trabajo — Labour day, Labor day (EEUU)

    fiesta nacional — public holiday, bank holiday

    fiesta movible, fiesta móvil — movable feast

    fiesta patria — LAm independence day

    3) (Rel) feast day

    guardar o santificar las fiestas — to observe feast days

    fiesta de guardar, fiesta de precepto — day of obligation

    4) (=festejo) fiesta, festival

    el pueblo está en fiestas o de fiesta — the town's having its local fiesta

    la fiesta nacional — (Taur) bullfighting

    fiesta de armas — ( Hist) tournament

    5) pl fiestas (=vacaciones) holiday, vacation (EEUU)

    ¡Felices Fiestas! — [en navidad] Happy Christmas

    6) pl fiestas (=carantoñas)
    FIESTAS There are a fixed number of public holidays in the Spanish calendar but some dates vary locally. National public holidays include Navidad (25 December), Reyes (6 January), the Día de los Trabajadores (1 May), the Día de la Hispanidad/del Pilar (12 October) and the Día de la Constitución (6 December). Additionally, each autonomous region and town has at its discretion a small number of public holidays that usually coincide with local traditions like a patron saint's day or other celebrations such as Carnaval. Thus there is a holiday in Madrid for San Isidro, the city's patron saint, and one in Catalonia for Sant Jordi, who is the patron saint of the region.
    * * *
    1) ( celebración) party

    dieron una gran fiesta — they threw o had a big party

    hacerle fiestas a alguien — to make a fuss of somebody

    tener la fiesta en paz — (Esp fam) to enjoy some peace and quiet

    2)
    a) ( día festivo) (public) holiday
    b) fiestas femenino plural ( festejos) fiesta, festival; (de fin de año, etc) festive season

    ¿dónde vas a pasar estas fiestas? — where are you going to spend the vacation (AmE) o (BrE) holidays?

    •
    •• Cultural note:
    A fiesta in Spain can be a day of neighborhood celebrations, a larger event for a town or city, or a national holiday, to commemorate a saint's day or some historical event. For example, Madrid has the fiestas de San Isidro, in honor of its patron saint. Other famous Spanish holidays include the Fallas in Valencia, the Sanfermines in July in Pamplona, and the Feria de Sevilla, two weeks after Easter. They can last for a week or more, during which everyday life is often interrupted. Classes in schools may stop and banks, stores, and post offices alter their opening hours. There are often bullfights and dancing to live bands and people eat and drink plentifully
    In Latin America, a period of one or more days on which each country celebrates its independence. There are usually military parades, firework displays, and folk activities typical of the country
    * * *
    = party, celebration, feast, bash, festive occasion, social gathering.
    Ex. Their purposes was to settle the disputes between the members, to negotiate with master, to accumulate and disburse a benevolent fund, and to exact contributions for drinks and parties.
    Ex. The sense of camaraderie experienced in meeting with other devotees is not unworthy of some kind of celebration.
    Ex. Sometimes this was done simply by staying away (Saint Monday was always a popular feast in the trade), but perhaps more often by contracting with the master to work less.
    Ex. The 'Book bash' designed to recruit special needs children and their families to the library.
    Ex. The sale, nearly stopped on legal technicalities, was held as a festive occasion with tea and auction of more valuable books.
    Ex. The study room was transformed for an evening into a coffee house where an intellectual and social gathering took place.
    ----
    * dar una fiesta = give + a party.
    * día de fiesta = holiday, public holiday.
    * droga de fiesta = club drug.
    * ¡felices fiestas! = season's greetings!.
    * fiesta de aniversario = anniversary celebration, anniversary party.
    * fiesta de apertura = opening party.
    * fiesta de borrachos = drunken party.
    * fiesta de despedida = farewell dinner, goodbye party.
    * fiesta de despedida de soltera = bachelorette party, bridal shower, bachelorette shower.
    * fiesta de despedida de soltero = stag night, bachelor party, stag party.
    * fiesta de disfraces = costume party, fancy dress ball.
    * fiesta de guardar = holiday of obligation.
    * fiesta de inauguración = opening party.
    * fiesta de la cerveza = beer party.
    * fiesta de Navidad = festive season holiday.
    * fiesta de Nochevieja = New Year's Eve party.
    * fiesta de pijamas = slumber party, pyjamas party.
    * fiesta de precepto = holiday of obligation.
    * fiesta de recién nacido = baby shower.
    * fiesta en honor al sol = solar festival.
    * fiesta rave = rave.
    * fiesta sorpresa = surprise party.
    * ofrecer una fiesta = host + party.
    * reina de las fiestas = beauty queen.
    * sala de fiestas = dance-hall.
    * salir de fiesta = party.
    * salón de baile = ballroom.
    * ser el éxito de la fiesta = steal + the limelight, steal + the show.
    * * *
    1) ( celebración) party

    dieron una gran fiesta — they threw o had a big party

    hacerle fiestas a alguien — to make a fuss of somebody

    tener la fiesta en paz — (Esp fam) to enjoy some peace and quiet

    2)
    a) ( día festivo) (public) holiday
    b) fiestas femenino plural ( festejos) fiesta, festival; (de fin de año, etc) festive season

    ¿dónde vas a pasar estas fiestas? — where are you going to spend the vacation (AmE) o (BrE) holidays?

    •
    •• Cultural note:
    A fiesta in Spain can be a day of neighborhood celebrations, a larger event for a town or city, or a national holiday, to commemorate a saint's day or some historical event. For example, Madrid has the fiestas de San Isidro, in honor of its patron saint. Other famous Spanish holidays include the Fallas in Valencia, the Sanfermines in July in Pamplona, and the Feria de Sevilla, two weeks after Easter. They can last for a week or more, during which everyday life is often interrupted. Classes in schools may stop and banks, stores, and post offices alter their opening hours. There are often bullfights and dancing to live bands and people eat and drink plentifully
    In Latin America, a period of one or more days on which each country celebrates its independence. There are usually military parades, firework displays, and folk activities typical of the country
    * * *
    = party, celebration, feast, bash, festive occasion, social gathering.

    Ex: Their purposes was to settle the disputes between the members, to negotiate with master, to accumulate and disburse a benevolent fund, and to exact contributions for drinks and parties.

    Ex: The sense of camaraderie experienced in meeting with other devotees is not unworthy of some kind of celebration.
    Ex: Sometimes this was done simply by staying away (Saint Monday was always a popular feast in the trade), but perhaps more often by contracting with the master to work less.
    Ex: The 'Book bash' designed to recruit special needs children and their families to the library.
    Ex: The sale, nearly stopped on legal technicalities, was held as a festive occasion with tea and auction of more valuable books.
    Ex: The study room was transformed for an evening into a coffee house where an intellectual and social gathering took place.
    * dar una fiesta = give + a party.
    * día de fiesta = holiday, public holiday.
    * droga de fiesta = club drug.
    * ¡felices fiestas! = season's greetings!.
    * fiesta de aniversario = anniversary celebration, anniversary party.
    * fiesta de apertura = opening party.
    * fiesta de borrachos = drunken party.
    * fiesta de despedida = farewell dinner, goodbye party.
    * fiesta de despedida de soltera = bachelorette party, bridal shower, bachelorette shower.
    * fiesta de despedida de soltero = stag night, bachelor party, stag party.
    * fiesta de disfraces = costume party, fancy dress ball.
    * fiesta de guardar = holiday of obligation.
    * fiesta de inauguración = opening party.
    * fiesta de la cerveza = beer party.
    * fiesta de Navidad = festive season holiday.
    * fiesta de Nochevieja = New Year's Eve party.
    * fiesta de pijamas = slumber party, pyjamas party.
    * fiesta de precepto = holiday of obligation.
    * fiesta de recién nacido = baby shower.
    * fiesta en honor al sol = solar festival.
    * fiesta rave = rave.
    * fiesta sorpresa = surprise party.
    * ofrecer una fiesta = host + party.
    * reina de las fiestas = beauty queen.
    * sala de fiestas = dance-hall.
    * salir de fiesta = party.
    * salón de baile = ballroom.
    * ser el éxito de la fiesta = steal + the limelight, steal + the show.

    * * *
    fiesta de cumpleaños birthday party
    dieron una gran fiesta they threw o had a big party
    cualquier visita es una fiesta para ella every visit is a treat for her
    los vecinos están de fiesta the neighbors are having a party
    aguar la fiesta to spoil the fun, be a wet blanket ( colloq)
    hacerle fiestas a algn to make a fuss of sb
    no estoy para fiestas I'm not in the mood for fun and games
    tener la fiesta en paz to enjoy some peace and quiet
    tengamos la fiesta en paz that's enough!, cut it out! ( colloq), let's have some peace and quiet
    B
    1 (día festivo) holiday
    el lunes es fiesta Monday is a holiday
    santificar las fiestas ( Relig) to observe feast days
    2 fiestas fpl (festejos) fiesta, festival; (de fin de año, etc) festive season
    esta semana son las fiestas del pueblo this week the town's holding its annual festival o fiesta
    ¡felices fiestas! Merry o ( BrE) Happy Christmas!
    ¿dónde vas a pasar estas fiestas? where are you going to spend the vacation ( AmE) o ( BrE) holidays?; fiestas (↑ fiesta a1)
    Compuestos:
    day of obligation
    fixed feast
    ● fiesta movible or móvil
    movable feast
    A (día festivo) public holiday
    B ( Esp) ( Taur) bullfighting
    ( AmL) independence day fiestas patrias (↑ fiesta aa1)
    * * *

     

    fiesta sustantivo femenino


    dieron una gran fiesta they threw o had a big party;
    estar de fiesta to be having a party;
    aguar la fiesta to spoil the fun


    fiesta nacional ( día festivo) public holiday;

    (Taur) bullfighting;

    c)

    ◊ fiestas sustantivo femenino plural ( festejos) fiesta, festival;


    (de fin de año, etc) festive season;
    ◊ ¡felices fiestas! Merry Christmas!;

    ¿dónde vas a pasar estas fiestas? where are you going to spend the vacation (AmE) o (BrE) holidays?
    fiesta sustantivo femenino
    1 (reunión de amigos) party: daremos una fiesta, we'll hold a party
    2 (festividad) celebration, festivity
    fuimos a las fiestas del pueblo, we went to the village fiesta/carnival
    día de fiesta, holiday
    fiesta nacional, bank holiday
    Esp la fiesta nacional, bullfighting
    3 Rel feast
    ♦ Locuciones: aguar la fiesta, to spoil the fun
    tengamos la fiesta en paz, let's not quarrel
    ' fiesta' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    aguar
    - animar
    - animada
    - animado
    - animarse
    - baile
    - bochinche
    - cabezudo
    - celebración
    - cóctel
    - comistrajo
    - conocerse
    - corear
    - dar
    - deslucir
    - disfraz
    - disfrazarse
    - elemento
    - escabullirse
    - gala
    - haber
    - hazmerreír
    - hogareña
    - hogareño
    - languidecer
    - mañana
    - mentar
    - mescolanza
    - mezcolanza
    - motivo
    - nanay
    - obligada
    - obligado
    - organizar
    - organizarse
    - pensar
    - preparar
    - propia
    - propio
    - quisque
    - quisqui
    - rabiar
    - reticencia
    - romería
    - sarao
    - velada
    - acabar
    - aguado
    - alargar
    - alegrar
    English:
    advance
    - annoy
    - ask back
    - bank holiday
    - beeline
    - book
    - booze-up
    - cocktail party
    - do
    - family
    - feast
    - festival
    - find out
    - first
    - folding
    - frazzled
    - funny
    - gala
    - garden party
    - gatecrash
    - gatecrasher
    - give
    - go
    - half-holiday
    - Hallowe'en
    - Halloween
    - have
    - heart
    - hoedown
    - hold
    - holiday
    - housewarming
    - legal holiday
    - let on
    - loud
    - miffed
    - miss
    - name
    - night
    - nobody
    - noisy
    - party
    - presentable
    - rave
    - reception
    - riotous
    - rip-roaring
    - rowdy
    - shower
    - swing
    * * *
    fiesta nf
    1. [reunión] party;
    dar una fiesta en honor de alguien to give a party in sb's honour;
    Fam
    ¡se acabó la fiesta, todo el mundo a trabajar! the party's over, back to work everyone!;
    Fam
    aguar la fiesta a alguien to spoil sb's fun;
    Fam
    no estar para fiestas to be in no mood for joking;
    Fam
    no sabe de qué va la fiesta he hasn't got a clue;
    Fam
    tengamos la fiesta en paz let's have no more arguments
    fiesta benéfica fête;
    fiesta de cumpleaños birthday party;
    fiesta de disfraces fancy dress party;
    fiesta de fin de año New Year o Year's party;
    Urug fiesta lluvia potluck party;
    la fiesta nacional [de país] national holiday;
    Esp [los toros] bullfighting; Am fiesta patria national holiday [commemorating important historical event];
    fiesta sorpresa surprise party;
    2.
    fiestas [de pueblo, barrio] (local) festivities;
    el pueblo está en fiestas the town is holding its annual fair o festival
    fiesta(s) mayor(es) = local celebrations for the festival of a town's patron saint;
    fiesta(s) patronal(es) = celebrations for the feast day of a town's patron saint
    3. [día] public holiday;
    ser fiesta to be a public holiday;
    hacer fiesta to be on holiday;
    mañana tenemos fiesta en la oficina it's an office holiday tomorrow;
    fiestas [vacaciones] Br holidays, US vacation;
    ¡felices fiestas! [en Navidad] Merry Christmas!, US happy holidays!
    Rel fiesta de guardar holiday of obligation; Rel fiesta movible moveable feast; Rel fiesta de prefecto holiday of obligation
    FIESTAS
    Coming from the same Latin root as “feast”, the Spanish word fiesta has long since entered the vocabulary of English. This is largely because of the importance of such celebrations in the Spanish-speaking world. Every town or village, of whatever size, has its day (if not week) of annual celebrations. These may be associated with the local patron saint or with some historical event, such as Independence Day. On these days people may dress up in traditional clothes, take part in traditional dances and eat special dishes associated with the festival. There may be firework displays and street processions of a more or less religious nature, and, as the saying goes, a good time is generally had by all.
    * * *
    f
    1 festival;
    ¡felices fiestas! de pueblo enjoy the fiesta!; en Navidad Happy Holidays!, Merry Christmas!
    2 ( reunión social) party;
    estar de fiesta be in a party mood;
    no estar para fiestas be in no mood for jokes;
    ¡se acabó la fiesta! the party’s over!
    3 ( día festivo) public holiday;
    hacer fiesta have a day off
    * * *
    fiesta nf
    1) : party, fiesta
    2) : holiday, feast day
    * * *
    1. (celebración) party [pl. parties]
    2. (día festivo) holiday
    hacer fiesta / tener fiesta to have a day off

    Spanish-English dictionary > fiesta

  • 38 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 39 FÁ

    * * *
    I)
    (fæ; fekk, fengum; fenginn), v.
    1) to grasp with the hands, get hold of;
    hón hefir fengit einn stein, she has taken a stone;
    2) to take, capture (fengu þeir Gunnar);
    3) to get, gain, win;
    sá fær er frjár, he that woos wins;
    fá fljóðs ást to win a woman’s love;
    hann bað konunnar ok fekk heitit hennar, he asked the woman in marriage and got the promise of her hand;
    fá sitt eyrindi, to accomplish one’s errand;
    fá haærra hlut, to get the better of it;
    fá góðar viðtökur, to get a good reception;
    fá skilning á e-u, to get knowledge of;
    fá úsigr, to be defeated;
    fá skaða, to suffer harm;
    fá úvit, to fall senseless, to faint;
    fá líflát, to fall lifeless;
    fá bana, to come by one’s death;
    5) to get, procure;
    hann fekk sér gott kvánfang, he got a good wife;
    6) to give, deliver to one, put into one’s hands;
    fá mér (give me) leppa tvá ór hári þinu;
    fáit nú konungi festu (give the king bail) þá er honum líki;
    fá e-m sök, to charge one;
    var sá sveinn fenginn í hendr okkr, delivered into our hands;
    fá e-m e-t at geyma, to give a thing into one’s charge (= fá e-m e-t til geymslu);
    7) with pp. following, to be able to;
    fá e-n veiddan, to be able to catch one;
    hon fœr með engu móti vakit þá, she could by no means awaken them;
    þeir munu mik aldri fá sótt, they will never be able to overcome me;
    fengu þeir honum ekki nát, they could not catch him: skaltu hvergi fá undan hokat, thou shall have no chance of sneaking away;
    hann fekk þó eigi víss orðit, he could not make out for certain;
    8) with gen., to get, take, gain, win;
    þeir fengu fjár mikils, they took a rich booty;
    vel er þess fengit, it is well earned, well done;
    hann var eigi skáld, ok hann hafði ei þeirrar listar fengit, he had not received that gift: fá verðar, to take a meal;
    hann tekk sér sveitar (he raised a band) ok gørðist illvirki;
    fá konu, to get a wife, marry (hon var átján vetra, er þorsteinn fekk hennar);
    9) to conceive, of sheep and cattle (fá burðar, lambs);
    10) to touch, affect;
    þat fekk mikils hinum hertekna manni, it touched the captive deeply, þá fær þorbirni svá. mjök (Th. was so much moved), at hann grætr;
    11) impers., one can get or find;
    vápn svá góð, at eigi fær önnur slík, that the like are not to be got;
    at varla fái vitrara mann, that a wiser man is hardly to be found;
    also, one may or can (do something);
    þat skip fær vel varit eldi, that ship can well be guarded against fire;
    12) with preps.:
    fá af sér (with infin.) to bring oneself to;
    þeir fengu af verra, they got the worse of it;
    fá at veizlu, brúkaupi, blóti, to get provisions for a feast (hann fekk at blóti miklu);
    sá dagr er at jólum skal fá, the day when preparations are to be made for Yule (cf. atfangadagr);
    faðir Móða fekk á þremi, the father of M. caught hold of the brim;
    fá e-n, to touch, affect one, move (opt fá á horskan lostfagrir, litir);
    láta e-t á sik fá, to be (deeply) affected by, take it to heart;
    drykkr fær á e-n, the drink intoxicates one (er drykkr fekk á Hákon jarl);
    fá í e-t, to take hold of, grasp with the hand (= fá á e-u);
    forðuðu fingrum, fengu í snœri, they took hold of the strings;
    fá e-t or e-s til, to get, procure (var kirkja gör ok kennimanna til fengit);
    fá e-n til at gøra e-t, to get one to do a thing;
    þeir fengu menn til at ryðja skip sitt, they got men to clear their ship fá til e-s, to lay hold of;
    þar var fjöld fjár, fengu til margir, there was wealth of money, and many took a share of it;
    13) refl., fást í e-u, to be busy, exert oneself, engage in a matter (dróttningin mátti þar ekki í fást);
    Helgi leitaði þá, ef Sigurðr vildi í fást við Þorvald, if S. would try with Th.;
    segir hann ljúga ok fást í rógi, and deal in slander;
    fást við e-t = f. í e-u;
    f. við e-n, to have to do with, to contend with one (H. segist þá vilja … fást eigi við fjánda þenna);
    to wrestle (grapple) with one (skaltu fást við blámann várn).
    (fá, fáða, fáðr), v. to draw, paint;
    vér höfum fáða unga brúði á vegg, we have painted the young bride on the wall;
    gulli fáðr, gilded.
    * * *
    1.
    pret. sing. fékk, sometimes spelt feck or fieck, pl. fengu; pres. fæ, 2nd pers. fær, mod. færð, pl. fám, mod. fáum; pret. subj. fengja, mod. fengi; pres. fá, mod. fái; imperat. fá; sup. fengit; part. fenginn: the forms fingit, finginn, and pret. fingu (cp. Germ. fingen) are obsolete, but occur in some MSS. (e. g. Arna-Magn. 132 and 122 A): the poets rhyme— Erlingr var þar finginn; with the neg. suff., fær-at, fékk-at, Lex. Poët.: [Goth. fahan and gafahan = πιάζειν, καταλαμβάνειν; A. S. fón; Hel. fâhan; Germ. fahen, whence fahig = capax; in the Germ., however, the nasal form fangen prevailed, but in the Scandin., Swed., and Dan. få or faae; the Dan. fange is mod. and borrowed from Germ.; Icel. fanga is rare and unclass. and only used in the sense to capture, whereas fá is a standing word; the ng reappears in pl. pret. and part. pass. fengu, fengit, vide above; cp. Old Engl. fet, mod. fetch]:—to fetch, get, etc.
    1. to fetch, catch, seize; fengu þeir Gunnar, they fetched, caught G., Akv. 18; Hildibrandr gat fengit kirkju-stoðina, Sturl. i. 169; hón hefir fengit einn stein, she has fetched a stone, Ísl. ii. 394; fá á e-u, to get hold of, grasp with the hand, faðir Móða fékk á þremi, Hým. 34.
    β. also, fá í e-t, to grasp; fengu í snæri, they grasped the bow-strings, bent the bow, Am. 42; hann fékk í öxl konungi, he seized the king’s shoulder, Fms. viii. 75.
    γ. to take, capture, but rare except in part.; hafði greifi Heinrekr fengit Valdimar, Fms. ix. 324; verða fanginn, to be taken, Germ. gefangen werden, i. 258, Stj. 396.
    2. to get, gain, win, with acc. of the thing; sá fær er frjár, he who wooes will win (a proverb), Hm. 91; hann skal fá af Svart-álfum, he shall get, obtain from S., Edda 69; fá brauð, mat, drykk, Fms. x. 18; þat fékk hann eigi af föður sínum, xi. 14; bað konunnar ok fékk heitið hennar, he wooed the woman and got her hand, Edda 23; fá sitt eyrindi, to get one’s errand done, Fms. i. 75; fa fljóðs ást, to win a woman’s love, Hm. 91; fá hærra hlut, to get the better, 40; ek ætla at fá at vera yðvarr farþegi, Ld. 112; hence fá, or fá leyfi, to get leave to do a thing: eg fæ það, fékk það ekki, fá að fara, etc.: Icel. also say, eg fæ það ekki af mér, I cannot bring myself to do it.
    β. to suffer, endure; fá úsigr, to get the worst of it, Fms. iv. 218; sumir fengu þetta ( were befallen) hvern sjaunda vetr, Sks. 113; fá skaða, to suffer a loss, Hkr. ii. 177; fá úvit, to fall senseless, Nj. 195; fá líflát, to fall lifeless, Grág. i. 190; fá bana, to come by one’s death, Nj. 110.
    γ. fá góðar viðtökur, to get a good reception, Eg. 460, 478, Fms. iv. 219; sá mun sæll er þann átrúnað fær, blessed is he that gets hold of that faith, Nj. 156; hann hafði fingit úgrynni fjár, Fms. xi. 40; fá skilning á e-u, to get the knowledge of a thing, i. 97.
    3. to get, procure; þá fékk konungr sveitar-höfðingja þá er honum sýndisk, Eg. 272; ek skal fá mann til at biðja hennar, Fs. 88; þeir fengu menn til at ryðja skip, they got men to clear the ship, Nj. 163; mun ek fá til annann mann at göra þetta, I will get another man to do it, 53; fá sér bjargkvið, Grág. i. 252; hann fékk sér gott kván-fang, Fms. i. 11; fám oss ölteiti nökkura, let us get some sport, vii. 119; fá sér (e-m) fari, to take a passage, vide far; fengu þeir ekki af mönnum, they could fetch no men, ix. 473; þeir hugðusk hafa fengit ( reached) megin-land, vii. 113.
    4. fá at veizlu, blóti, to get provisions for a feast, etc.; hann fékk at blóti miklu, Landn. 28; lét Þorri fá at blóti, Orkn. 3; Þórólfr Mostrar-skegg fékk at blóti miklu, Eb. 8; er fengit at mikilli veizlu, Fas. i. 242; var síðan at samkundu fingit, a meeting was brought about, 623. 52; sá dagr er at Jólum skal fá, the day when preparations are to be made for Yule, K. Þ. K. 110, hence atfanga-dagr, the day before a feast, q. v.; þá var fengit at seið, Hkr. Yngl. S. ch. 17.
    II. to give, deliver to one, put into one’s hands; hér er eitt sverð, er ek vil fá þér, Ísl. ii. 44; fá mér (fetch me, give me) leppa tvá ór hári þínu, Nj. 116; þá er keisarinn hafði fingit honum til föru-neytis, Fms. xi. 40; konungr fær honum veizlur, Eg. 27; horn þat er Bárðr hafði fingit Ölvi, 207; fáit nú konungi festu ( give the king bail) þá er honum líki, Fms. iv. 268; fá e-m sök, to charge one, Sks. 708; var sá sveinn fenginn í hendr okkr, delivered into our hands, Fms. i. 113; fékk hann búit í hendr Valgerði, iii. 24, Nj. 4; honum fékk hverr maðr penning til, Íb. 5; hon fékk biskupinum tuttugu mánaða mataból, B. K. 125; fá e-m e-t at geyma, to give a thing into one’s charge, Stj. 177; fá þá sonum þínum í hendr til geymslu, id.
    III. metaph. with a following pass. part. or sup. to be able to do; hón fær með engu móti vakit þá, she could by no means awaken them, Fms. i. 9; þú fékkt ekki leikit þat er mjúkleikr var í, vii. 119; þeir munu mik aldri fá sótt, they will never be able to overcome me, Nj. 116; ok fáit þér hann eigi veiddan, if you cannot catch him, 102; hann fékk engi knút leyst, Edda 29; fengu þeir honum ekki náð, they could not catch him, Fagrsk. 167; at Vagn mun fá yfir-kominn Sigvalda, that V. will overcome S., Fms. xi. 96: skulu vér þá freista at vér fáim drepit þá, i. 9; skaltú hvergi fá undan hokat, thou shalt have no chance of sneaking away, xi. 61; fá gaum gefinn at e-u, to take heed to a thing. Fas. ii. 517; menn fingu hvergi rétt hann né hafit, Eg. 396; at þeir mundu komit fá til lands hvalnum, Grág. ii. 381; en fékk þó eigi víss orðit …, but he could not make out for certain …, Fms. x. 170.
    β. to grow, get, become; Hjörleif rak vestr fyrir land, ok fékk hann vatnfátt, he became short of water, Landn. 34: of travellers, to fall in with, etc., þar fengu þeir keldur blautar mjök, they got into bogs, Eb. 266; þeir fengu hvergi blautt um Valbjarnar-völlu, Sturl. ii. 50; fengu þeir veðr stór, they met with foul weather, Eg. 160.
    IV. with gen.,
    1. to take, gain, earn, win; renna þeir á land upp, ok fá mikils fjár, Fms. v. 164; þeir fengu fjár mikils, they took a rich booty, Nj. 137; gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, ok dó allt kvikfé þeirra um vetrinu, Landn. 30; vel er þess fengit, it is well earned, well done, 7; nú mun ek fara þessa ferð ef þú vill; hann segir, vel er þess fengit, well done, said he, Fas. ii. 517; hann var eigi skáld, ok hann hafði eigi þeirrar listar fengit, he had not got that gift, Fb. i. 214; at þá mundi þykkja fengit betr, people would think that it suited better, Nj. 75; fá verðar, to take a meal, Hm. 33; hann fékk sér sveitar ( raised a band) ok görðisk illvirki, 623. 15: but chiefly in the phrase, fá konu, to get a wife, marry; Haraldr fékk þeirrar konu, Fms. i. 4; at ek munda fá þín, that I should get thy hand, Nj. 24; betr er þá séð fyrir kosti systur minnar at þú fáir hennar (gen., i. e. that thou marry her), en víkingar fái hana (acc., i. e. to fetch, capture her) at herfangi, Fs. 8; hón var átján vetra er Þorsteinn fékk hennar, Ísl. ii. 191.
    2. to conceive, of sheep, cattle; fá burðar, Stj. 97; er hann (sauðrinn) fær lambs, Skálda 162: absol., við þeim hafði hón (the mare) fengit, Landn. 195; at eigi fái ær við, Grág. i. 418, (cp. fang, fetus.)
    3. denoting to affect, touch, etc.; þat fékk mikils hinum hertekna menni, it touched much the captive, Orkn. 368: svá fékk honum mikils, at hans augu vóru full af tárum, Fms. i. 139; henni fékk þetta mikillar áhyggju, it caused her great care, iv. 181; fær honum þat mikillar áhyggju ok reiði. Nj. 174; nú fær mér ekka (gen.) orð þat þú mælir, Skv. 1. 20; fá e-m hlægis, to make one a laughing-stock, Hm. 19: even with acc. or an adv., þá fær Þorbirni svá mjök (Th. was so much moved) at hann grætr, Hrafn. 13.
    β. fá á e-n, to affect, chiefly of intoxicating liquors; er drykkr fékk á Hákon jarl, when the drink told on earl Hacon, Magn. 508; fær á þá mjök drykkrinn, Fms. xi. 108; aldregi drakk ek vín eðr annan drykk svá at á mik megi fá, Stj. 428; en er á leið daginn ok drykkr fékk á menn, Fms. vii. 154; drykkr hefir fengit yðr í höfuð, Fas. i. 318; á-fengr or á-fenginn, q. v.
    γ. opt fá á ( entice) horskan, er á heimskan né fá, lostfagrir lítir, Hm. 92.
    V. impers. to be got, to be had, cp. Germ. es giebt; vápn svá góð, at eigi fær önnur slík (acc.), so good, that the like are not to be got, Nj. 44; at varla fái vitrara mann, a wiser man is hardly to be found, Sks. 13; eigi fær þat ritað, it cannot be recorded, viz. being so voluminous, Fms. viii. 406; þat skip fær vel varit eldi, that ship can well be guarded against fire, ix. 368; svá mikill herr at varla fékk talit, a host so great that it could hardly be numbered, xi. 261 (Ed. fékst wrongly).
    VI. reflex. in the phrase, fásk í e-u, to be busy, exert oneself in a matter; drottningin mátti þar ekki í fásk, Fms. x. 102; Helgi leitaði þá ef Sigurðr vildi í fásk við Þorvald, if S. would try with Th., Fb. i. 379; vildir þú fásk í því sem þér er ekki lánat, 215; segir hana ljúga ok fásk í rógi, ( and deal in slander) fyrir höfðingjum, Karl. 552.
    β. fásk við e-n, to struggle against; ef nokkut væri þat er hann mætti við fásk, which he could try, Grett. 74 new Ed.: to wrestle with, skaltú fásk við blámann várn, Ísl. ii. 444; um fangit er þú fékksk við Elli, when thou strugglest against Elli, Edda 34; at Þorleikr ætti lítt við elli at fásk, Ld. 160; fámsk vér eigi við skrafkarl þenna, let us have naught to do with this landlouper, Háv. 52; ok fásk eigi við fjánda þenna lengr, Ísl. ii. 45; fást um e-t, to make a fuss about a thing: the passage, Hrólfi fékksk hugr, Fas. iii. 203, is prob. an error for Hrólfi gékksk hugr, H. was moved: the phrase, fásk þú at virði vel, take thou a good meal, Hm. 117.
    2. as a pass., esp. in the sense to be gotten; sumt lausa-féit hafði fengisk ( had been gotten) í hernaði, Fms. i. 25; at honum fengisk engi fararbeini, that no means of conveyance could be got, Grág. i. 298; eigu þeir þat allt er á (aðilðunum) fæsk, all the fines that accrue from the aðilð, 281; fékksk þat, it was obtained, Jb. 17; er hljóð fékksk, when silence was obtained, so that he could speak, Fms. i. 34: ef þeir fásk eigi, if they cannot be taken, Odd. 12 (very rare); sem úviða muni þinn jafningi fásk, thy match is not easily to be got, Nj. 46.
    VII. part. fenginn as adj. given to, fit to; ok er hann vel til þess fenginn, Fms. vi. 389; Jón var mjök fenginn ( given) fyrir kvenna ást, Bs. i. 282; fæsk eigi því níta, it cannot be denied, Am. 32.
    2. again, fanginn denotes captured, hence taken by passion; fanginn í ílsku, Fb. i. 280.
    2.
    ð, part. fát, fáð or fáið, cp. fáinn or fánn; a contracted verb = fága:—to draw, paint, Fms. v. 345; gulli fáðr, gilded, Gísl. 21; fá rúnar, to draw runes, magic characters, Hm. 143; vér höfum fáða unga brúði á vegg, we have painted the young bride on the wall, Landn. 248 (from a verse about the middle of the 10th century): of precious stuffs, fáð ript, Skv. 3. 63.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FÁ

  • 40 LEGGJA

    * * *
    (legg, lagða, lagiðr, lagðr, laginn), v.
    1) to lay, place (Már hafði lagt höfuð sitt í kné Rannveigar);
    leggja net, to lay a net;
    2) to put;
    leggja eld í, to put fire to;
    leggja söðul á hest, to put a saddle on a horse;
    leggja árar upp, to lay up the oars, give up pulling;
    leggja ofan segi, to haul down, take in the sails;
    leggja at jörðu, at velli (or við jörðu, við velli), to overthrow, slay, kill;
    leggja hlut sinn, to lose one’s lot, be worsted;
    3) to lay, drop, of a beast (hvelparnir, er eigi vóru lagðir);
    4) to lay, make, build;
    leggja garða, to make fences;
    5) to appoint, fix (leggja stefnu, leika, bardaga);
    6) to tax, value (hann lagði hálft landit fyrir sex tigi silfrs);
    leggja e-n úgildan, to award no fine for, put no price on;
    leggja at léttu, to make light of;
    leggja sakar, to settle strife;
    leggja lög, to lay down laws;
    leggja leið sína, to take a direction;
    hann lagði mjök kvámur sínar í Ögr, he was in the habit of coming often to O.;
    8) to allot, assign (þér mun lagit verða at vera einvaldskonungr yfir Noregi);
    hvat mun til líkna lagt Sigurði, what comfort is there appointed for S.?;
    þér var lengra líf lagit, a longer life was destined for thee;
    9) to lay out, pay, discharge;
    leggja at veði, to give as bail;
    leggja á hættu, to risk;
    leggja á mikinn kostnað, to run into great expenses;
    leggja líf á, to stake one’s life on a thing;
    leggja fé til höfuðs e-m, to set a price on one’s head;
    10) to lay a ship’s course, stand of or on, sail, absol., or the ship in dat. or acc., lét hann blása herblástr ok leggja út ór höfninni, and sailed out of the harbour;
    leggja at, to land (lagði hann at við Sundólfsstaði);
    in a naval battle, to attack (lögðu þeir þá at þeim);
    leggja undir land, to stand in towards land;
    leggja (skip) í rétt, to drift or run before the wind;
    11) to set off, start;
    leggja á flótta, to take toftight;
    leggja eptir e-m, to pursue;
    12) to stab, thrust, with a weapon (Þ. leggr hann spjóti til bana);
    13) impers. it turns, is driven in a direction (of smoke, smell, fire);
    hingat leggr allan reykinn, all the smoke blows hitherward;
    to freeze over, be covered with snow or ice (þá er ísa lagði á vötn);
    leggja nær, to be on the brink of;
    nær lagði þat úfœru einu sinni, it had well nigh come to a disaster;
    14) with preps.:
    leggja e-t af, to cede, give up (H. bróðir hans lagði af við hann sinn part í eyjunni);
    to leave off, desist from (legg af héðan af versagørð, sagði erkibiskup);
    leggja af fénað, to slaughter cattle;
    leggja e-t aptr, to give back, return (báðu mik leggja aptr taflit);
    leggja at, leggja at landi, to land;
    leggja at e-m, to attack;
    leggja e-t á e-n, to impose, lay (a burden, tax) upon one (leggja skatt, skyldir, yfirbót á e-n);
    leggja e-t á við e-n = leggja e-t á e-n;
    leggja stund, kapp, hug á e-t, to take pains about, great interest in, a thing;
    leggja ást, elsku, mætur á e-t, to feel love, affection, interest for a thing, to cherish a thing or person;
    leggja fæð, öfund, hatr á, to take dislike, envy, hatred to;
    leggja móti e-m, to oppose, contradict one;
    leggja e-t til, to furnish, contribute, as one’s share (hvern styrk hefir móðir mín til lagit með þér?);
    leggja fátt til, to say little, be reserved;
    leggja lof til, to give praise to;
    leggja gott (illt) til e-s, to lay a good (or ill) word to one, to interfere in a friendly (or unfriendly) manner;
    leggja e-t til lofs e-m, to put a thing to a person’s credit;
    leggja e-t til orðs, to talk about;
    leggja e-m e-t til ámælis, orðs, to blame one for a thing;
    leggja e-t undir or undir sik, to conquer, vanquish (Knútr konungr lagði allt land undir sik íNoregi);
    leggja e-t undir e-n, to submit a matter to a person, refer to (þeir höfðu lagit mál undir Njál);
    leggja undir trúnað e-s, to trust;
    ok er þat mjök undir hann lagit, it depends much on him;
    leggja e-t undir þegnskap sinn, to assert on one’s honour;
    leggja e-t upp við e-n, to hand over to one;
    leggja e-t eigi langt upp, not to make much of, to make light of (eigi legg ek slíkt langt upp);
    leggja e-t við e-t, to add to (leggja aðra tölu við aðra);
    leggja við líf sitt, höfuð sitt, to stake one’s life;
    leggja við sekt, to fix a fine;
    15) refl., leggjast.
    * * *
    a causal of liggja, q. v.; pres. legg, pl. leggjum; pret. lagði; subj. legði; imperat. legg or leggðú; part. lagiðr, lagið, lagit; contr. lagðr, lögð, lagt; part. laginn, Fb. ii. 386, which form is in mod. Icel. used as an adjective only; a part. pass. lagztr, lögzt, lagzt, Fas. ii. 345, and in mod. usage: [Ulf. lagjan = τιθέναι; A. S. lecgan; Engl. lay; O. H. G. legjan; Germ. legen; Swed. lägga; Dan. lægge]:—to lay.
    A. Prop. to lay, place; ok lagði hann á altara, Ver. 14; er hann var lagiðr á bálit, Hkr. i. 32; á lúðr lagiðr, Vþm.; vóru steinar lagðir í hring utan um, Eg. 486; Már lá útar á bekk, ok hafði lagt höfuð sitt í kné Rannveigar, Sturl. i. 13; leggja net, to lay a net, K. Þ. K. 88:—to lay down, leggja sinn aldr, Ht.
    2. to put; leggja band um, umhverfis, to fasten a string round the body, Eg. 340; leggja saman augun, to put the eyes together, shut them, id.; leggja eld í, to put fire to, Nj. 74, 131; leggja hendr at síðum mér, Fms. x. 331; leggja stýri í lag, to put it right, Hkr. i. 32; leggja ofan segl ok viðu, to haul down, take in the sails, Fms. iv. 372, ix. 23; l. lénur, söðul, á hest, to put a saddle on a horse, Nj. 74, Landn. 151; l. á hest, or leggja á (simply), to saddle; leggja hapt á hest, Grág. i. 436; l. mark á, of sheep, 426; l. hús ofan, to pull it down, Bs. i. 163; l. klyfjar ofan, to unload a horse, K. Þ. K. 94; l. klyfjar upp, to pack a horse, N. G. L. i. 349; l. árar upp, to lay up the oars, give up pulling, Edda 36: the mod. phrase, leggja árar í bát, to give a thing up, lose heart; l. fyrir lið, to give up, see lið; fyrir lagðr, outworn, exhausted, Mar. 1060, Fas. ii. 278.
    3. leggja at jörðu, at velli (or við jörðu, við velli), to overthrow, make bite the dust, Nj. 117, Eg. 426, Fms. vii. 296, viii. 43, x. 257, Njarð. 378; leggja fyrir borð, to put overboard, metaph. to forsake, Clem. 47; leggja í leg, to lay waste, Grág. ii. 278; leggja hlut sinn, to lay down or lose one’s lot, be worsted, Sturl. iii. 103: leggja mál í görð, to put into court, Nj. 88, 101; l. mál í umræðu, to put it to discussion, Orkn. 426; l. mál til sætta, Nj. 111.
    4. to lay, drop, of a beast; hvelparnir er eigi vóru lagðir, Fb. i. 104.
    II. metaph. in a mental sense; leggja stund, starf, hug, kapp … á e-t, to study a thing, take pains about, interest in it; as also, leggja ást, elsku, mætr á e-t, to feel love, affection, interest for, to love, cherish a thing or person; and again, leggja fæð, öfund, hatr … á, to take dislike, envy to, Al. 95, Ísl. ii. 197, Nj. 31, 46, Eg. 42, 418, Ld. 60, Fb. ii. 229, Fms. i. 31: freq. in old and mod. usage, thus, Sturla lagði mikinn hug á, at láta rita sögu-bækr eptir bókuni þeim er Snorri setti saman, Sturl. ii. 123; leggja e-t e-m til orðs, ámælis, to put a thing to a person’s blame, blame him for it, Nj. 62, 85, 138, 246, Ld. 250; l. e-t til lofs e-m, to laud one, put a thing to a person’s credit, Fms. x. 98.
    2. with prepp.; leggja á, to impose, put upon; leggja skyldir, skatt … á, Fms. x. 51, 93, Rb. 394:—leggja af, to leave off, cease doing; legg af héðan af versa-görð, sagði erkibiskup, ok stúdera heldr í kirkjunnar lögum, Bs. i. 799:—leggja e-t fyrir sik, to set a task before one, Fms. ii. 103, xi. 157:—leggja til, to add to, xi. 51, Hom. 138:—leggja undir or undir sik, to lay under oneself, conquer, vanquish, Fms. i. 3, x. 35, Eg. 12, Stj. 46, 146; leggja e-t undir þegnskap sinn, to assert on one’s honour, Grág. i. 29, Nj. 150; leggja e-t undir e-n, to submit it to a person, refer to, 105; l. e-t undir trúnað e-s, to trust, Fms. ix. 397; ok er þat mjök undir hann lagit, it depends much on him, Bjarn. 52:—leggja út, mod. to translate (út-legging):—leggja við, to add to, Grág. i. 22, Hom. 138, 155. Rb. 88, Al. 358.
    III. to lay, place, found, build; leggja afla, Vsp. 7; leggja garða, to make fences, Rm. 12; leggja götur, to make roads, Dipl. iv. 12; leggja lúðra, to place right, adjust the bin, Gs. 3; leggja leið, to take a direction, Fas. i. 57; hann lagði mjök kvámur sínar í Ögr, he was in the habit of coming to O., Fbr. 30; leggja e-t í vana sinn, to make a habit of.
    2. metaph. to lay, settle; leggja sakar, to settle strife, Vsp. 64; leggja landrétt, to settle the public rights, make laws, Sighvat; leggja lög, to lay down laws, of the three weird sisters ordering the fate of men, Vsp.:—to lay down, ordain, lagt er allt fyrir, all is predestined, Skv. I, Skm. 13, Ls. 48; era með löstum lögð æfi þér, Skv. 1, 33; hvat mun til líkna lagt Sigurði, 30; leggja á, to ordain, en þú hugfest þá hluti er ek segi þér, ok legg á þik, Bs. i. 199; ef þeir eru á lagðir ( ordered) fyrir váttum, Gþl. 439; þá hluti er ek hefi á lagt við þik, Eg. 738; leggja lög á, to make, lay down a law, Bs. i. 28: leggja ríkt á, to order peremptorily: of a spell, leggja á, to enchant; ‘mæli eg um og legg eg á!’ is in the tales the formula with which witches say the spell.
    3. to appoint, fix, a meeting or the like; eru þá leikar lagðir í Ásbjarnar-nesi, Ld. 196; leikr var lagiðr á Hvítár-völlum, Eg. 188; þeir lögðu við landsmenn hálfs-mánaðar frið, 228; leggja stefnu með sér, Fms. i. 36; var lögð konunga-stefna í Elfi, vii. 62; leggja bardaga við e-n, xi. 418; l. með sér vináttu, Eg. 278; Augustus keisari lagði frið ( established peace) um allan heim, Edda.
    IV. to tax, value (fjár-lag); hross eru ok lögð, hestr fjögurra vetra gamall við kú, Grág. i. 503; leggja lag á mjöl, ii. 404; ef fyrr er keypt en lag er á lagt, id.; leggja lag á varning manna, Ísl. ii. 126; þat þykkir mér jafnligast at þú leggir land svá dýrt, en ek kjósa hvárr okkarr leysa skal, … hann lagði hálft landit fyrir sex tigi silfrs, … er þú leggr svá údýrt Helgafells-land, Eb. 38; vil ek þat vinna til sætta at leggja son minn úgildan, Nj. 250; at Hallr af Síðu hafði lagit úgildan son sinn, ok vann þat til sætta, 251; leggja at léttu, to lay a tax on light, Fas. iii. 553.
    V. to lay out, pay, discharge; leggja at veði, to give as bail, Edda 17; buðu at leggja sik í veð fyrir þessa menn, Nj. 163; leggja á hættu, to risk, Eg. 86; leggja á mikinn kostnað, to run into great expences, Eg. 43; leggja veð eðr fá vörzlu, Gþl. 389: leggja í kostnað, to expend, Fms. xi. 232; leggja sik í háska, veð, to put oneself in danger, to stake one’s life, vii. 263, Nj. 163:—leggja aptr, to pay back, Grett. 174 new Ed.; leggja líf á, to stake one’s life on a thing, Nj. 106, 178:—l. fram, to lay forth, lay out, exhibit (fram-lag); allan þann sóma er hann hefir fram lagit, Ld. 32; mikit muntú þurfa fram at leggja með honum, þvíat hón á allan arf eptir mik, Nj. 3; l. fram líf sitt, Eg. 426:—leggja til, to pay to, furnish, contribute, as one’s share; hvern styrk hefir móðir mín til lagit með þér, Nj. 7; hvat viltú þá til leggja? langskip tvau, 42; skortir mik eigi fé til at leggja fyrir farit, 128; kunni hann til alls góð ráð at leggja, Eg. 2; hefi ek þar til (lagit) mörg orð, 728; lét ek þar sælu-hús göra ok lagða fé til, Fms. vii. 122, Js. 4; þau ráð er Gregoríus lagði til, Fms. vii. 258; l. fé til höfuðs e-m, to set a price on one’s head, Nj. 112, Grett. passim:—metaph., leggja fátt til, to say little, be reserved, Nj. 88, 112; Gunnarr lagði ekki til, G. remained silent, 52; leggja lof til, to give praise to, Eg. 33; leggja orð í (til), to ‘lay a word to,’ say a word in a matter, remonstrate, Grág. i. 290; leggja gott, íllt til e-s, to lay a good (or ill) word to, to interfere in a friendly (or unfriendly) manner, Sturl. iii. 151 (til-lögur):—leggja hlut sinn, líf sitt, við, to risk one’s lot, stake one’s life, i. 162, Nj. 113, 218; l. sik allan við, to do one’s best, Eg. 738; l. sekt við, l. lögbrot við, of a penalty, Nj. 113, Eg. 352, H. E. i. 505:—leggja út, to lay out, pay, Vm. 33; of betting, Orkn. 200:—leggja fé upp, to lay up, invest; l. fé upp í jörð, Dipl. v. 21; lagða ek upp við minn kæra Orm biskup hálfan viðreka, I made it over to O., ii. 4; l. upp fé, to lay up, board.
    VI. of direction, esp. as a naut. term, to stand off or on, lay a ship’s course, esp. from or towards a port, to or from an attack, to sail, proceed to sea, absol., or the ship in dat. or acc., leggja skip or skipi; þú skalt leggja fram sem þér líkar (place the ship to attack), Nj. 8; ok leggr fram skeiðina jafnfram skipi Rúts, id.; þeir leggja út undir eina ey ok bíða þar byrjar, 133; hann lagði skip sín inn á sundit, 271; þeir bjuggusk um sem skjótast ok lögðu út skipunum, Eg. 358; en er skipit var lagit út undir Fenhring, Fms. x. 64; Sigvaldi leggr skip sitt í miðja fylking ( lays his ship alongside of), xi. 126; þeir hittu drómund einn í hafi ok lögðu til níu skipum ok borðusk, … at lyktum lögðu þeir snekkjunum undir drómundinn, Hkr. iii. 353; leggja undir land, to stand in towards land, Eb. 126, where in a metaph. sense = to give in; lögðu þeir eigi inn í ósinn, en lögðu útarliga á höfnina, Ísl. ii. 126; bauð hann út leiðangri at liði ok skipum ok lagði ( stood) út til Staðs fyrir innan Þórsbjörg, Fms. i. 12; síðan leggja þeir í Löginn upp, Hkr. i. 32; Knútr konungr lagði þegar upp í ána ok at kastalanum, Fms. ix. 23, xi. 196; réru þeir langskipinu upp í ána ok lögðu til bæjar þess, Eg. 80; lögðu víkingar við þat frá, Landn. 223; þá lögðu þeir at nesi einu, Eg. 161; ok lögðu þar at landi, 203; lagði hann at ( landed) við Sundólfs-staði, Fms. ix. 483; en er þeir koma norðr at Hákonar-hellu þá lögðu þeir þar at, Hkr. i. 160: leggja at, to attack, in a naval battle (atlaga); lögðu þeir þá at þeim, Nj. 25, Eg. 81; munu vér leggja til orrostu við þá, Fms. vii. 257; létusk allir búnir at leggja at þeim Hákoni, id.; ef þeir leggja at, Jómsvíkingar, xi. 134:—leggja í rétt, to drift or run before the wind, skipverjar, þeir er sigla vildu, eðr þeir er í rétt vildu leggja skipit, Fbr. 59; mæltu þeir er leið sögðu at varligra væri at lægja seglit ok leggja skipit í rétt um nóttina, en sigla til lands at ljósum degi, Fms. ii. 64; þá kom andviðri ok leggja þeir í rétt, Bs. i. 420; þá lögðu þeir í rétt harðan, kom á stormr svá at eigi fengu þeir lengi í rétti legit, ok sigldu þeir þá við eitt rif, Bær. 5; þá kemr enn landviðri ok leggja cnn í rétt ok rekr vestr í haf, Bs. i. 483; þá lögðu þeir í rétt harðan, 484; féll veðrit ok görði lögn, lögðu þeir þá í rétt, ok létu reiða fyrir nokkurar nætr, Eg. 372.
    2. without the notion of sea, to start; leggja á flótta, to turn to flight, fly, Fms. x. 241, xi. 341, 391, Orkn. 4, Hkr. i. 319, passim; leggja ú fund þeirra, Fms. vii. 258; leggja eptir, to pursue, x. 215; leggja upp, to start on a journey: metaph., leggja e-t ekki langt upp, Grett. 51 new Ed.
    3. to stab, thrust with a weapon, the weapon in dat. or absol. (lag = a thrust), Nj. 8, 64, Njarð. 378, Eg. 216, 258, 298, Nj. 43, 56, Grág. ii. 7, Gþl. 165, passim; opp. to höggva, höggva ok leggja, hann hjó ok lagði, and the like.
    VII. impers. it turns, in driven in a direction, of smoke, smell, fire, or the like; hingat leggr allan reykinn, all the smoke blows thitherward, Nj. 202; en eldinn lagði at þeim, Fms. i. 266; fyrir údaun er ór hauginum mun út leggja, iv. 28; varask gust þann ok údaun er út lagði or haugnum, … af fýlu þeirri sem út lagði, Ísl. ii. 45; ok er eldrinn var görr, lagði reykinn upp í skarðit, Eb. 220; ef hval leggr út, if a (dead) whale is driven off land, Gþl. 462:—of ice, snow, to freeze, be covered with snow, ice, þá leggr snjó nokkurn fyrir þá, 655 xv. 12; er ís leggr á vatnit, Grág. ii. 287; þá er ísa lagði á vötn, Fms. ii. 103: the place frozen in acc., vóru íslög mikil ok hafði langt lagt lit Breiðafjörð, Ld. 286; lagði ok Ögrsvatn, Fbr. 30 new Ed.; lagði fjörðinn út langt, 60 new Ed.: part., íss var lagðr á Hofstaða-vág, Eb. 236:—of winter, cold, þegar er gott er ok vetr (acc.) leggr á, Grett. 24 new Ed.; lagði þegar á frer ok snjófa, Bs. i. 872; but pers., leggr á hríðir ok snjóvar (better snjóva), Bs. i. 198.
    2. the phrase, leggja nær, to ‘lie near,’ be on the brink of; nær lagði þat úfæru eitt sinn, it had well nigh come to a disaster, Edda 17; lagði þá svá nær at allr þingheimr mundi berjask, it was on the brink of …, Nj. 163; lagði nær at hann mundi reka í svelginn, Fms. x. 145.
    B. Reflex. to lay oneself, lie; leggjask niðr í runna nokkura, Nj. 132; er Skálm merr yður leggsk undir klyfjum, Landn. 77; þá leggjask í akrinn flugur þær, er …, 673 A. 3:—of going to bed, þeir höfðu lagizk til svefns, were gone to sleep, Nj. 155; Skarphéðinn lagðisk ekki niðr um kveldit, 170:—leggjask með konu, to cohabit (illicitly), Fms. i. 57, K. Á. 118, Fas. iii. 390, Grág. i. 351:—of illness, to fall sick, take to bed, tók hón sótt ok lagðisk í rekkju, Nj. 14; þá lét hann búa hvílu sína ok lagðisk í sótt, Fms. xi. 214: the phrase, leggjask e-t ekki undir höfuð, not lay it under one’s pillow, do it promptly, be mindful of a thing, ii. 120, v. 264:—leggjask á e-t, to fall upon, of robbers, beasts of prey, etc.; at spillvirkjar mundi l. á fé þeirra, i. 226, Grett. 125 new Ed.; Vindr lögðusk á valinn ok raufuðu, xi. 380: örn lagðisk ( prayed) í eyna, Bs. i. 350:—leggjask fyrir, to take rest, lie down, from exhaustion, sickness, or the like, 387; lögðusk þá fyrir bæði menn ok hestar af úviðri, Sturl. iii. 292; þá lögðusk leiðsagnar-menn fyrir, þvíat þeir vissu eigi hvar þeir vóru komnir, Fms. viii. 52; fyrir leggjask um e-t mál, to give it up, Bs. i. 194: leggjask niðr, to pass out of use, cease, Fms. x. 179, xi. 12: leggjask á, to arise, mun sá orðrómr á leggjask, at …, Nj. 32, Fms. i. 291; úþokki lagðisk á milli þeirra bræðra, xi. 14.
    2. to cease; at sá úvandi leggisk sem áðr hefir verit, Fms. i. 280.
    II. to swim (partly answering to A. VI); leggjask til sunds, to go into the water and swim, Ld. 46; þeir leggjask um hríð … Sigmundr leggsk þá um hríð … hann lagðisk síðar ( swam behind), Fær. 173; hann lagðisk eptir geldingi gömlum út í Hvalsey, Landn. 107; Grettir lagðisk nú inn á fjörðinn, Grett. 148; hann lagðisk yfir þvert sundit ok gékk þar á land, 116, Hkr. i. 287, Finnb. 266; þeir koma upp ok leggjask til lands, Ld. 168; for legðir read legðiz, Njarð. 378.
    2. to set out; leggjask í hernað, víking, to set out on a freebooting expedition, Fms. x. 414, passim: leggjask út, to set out into the wilderness, as a highwayman, Odd. 8, Fas. i. 154, passim (útilegu-maðr = a highwayman); ek lögðumk út á merkr, Fms. ii. 103; leggjask á flótta = leggja á flótta, to take to flight, xi. 305: leggjask djúpt, to dive deep (metaph.), Nj. 102; leggjask til e-s, to seek, try eagerly for, Stj. 90, Bs. i. 198; leggjask í e-t, to occupy oneself with, Rb. 312.
    3. á lögðusk logn mikil, þokur ok sælægjur, Orkn. 358; vindar lögðusk ( the wind wafted) af hrauninu um kveldum, Eb. 218, (see A. VII): the phrase, ekki lagðisk mjök á með þeim frændum, they were not on good terms, Ld. 68: ok lagðisk lítt á með þeim Snorra, Sturl. i. 124; þeir töluðu lengi ok lagðisk vel á með þeim, things went well with them, Orkn. 408; þungt hefir á lagizk með okkr Strút-Haraldi jarli um hríð, Fms. xi. 84; Steinólfi þótti þat líkt ok ekki, ok lagðisk lítt á með þeim, Gullþ. 11:—lítið leggsk fyrir e-n, to come to a shameful end; lítið lagðisk nú fyrir kappann, þvíat hann kafnaði í stofu-reyk sem hundr, Grett. 115; svá lítið sem fyrir hann lagðisk, who had been so easily slain, had made so poor a defence, Ld. 150; lítið lagðisk hór fyrir góðan dreng, er þrælar skyldu at bana verða, Landn. 36; kann vera, at nú leggisk lítið fyrir hann, ek skal ráðin til setja, Fms. iv. 166.
    III. recipr., leggjask at, to attack one another, Fms. xi. 130: leggjask hendr á, to lay hands on fine another, Ld. 154; leggjask hugi á, to take a liking for each other, Bárð.: leggjask nær, to run close up to one another, of two boats, Gísl. 51.
    IV. part. lagðr, as adj. fit, destined to a thing, or fitted, of natural gifts; at hann mundi bæði spá-maðr vesa ok lagðr til mikils þrifnaðar ok gæfu Gyðinga-lýð, 625. 87; vera kann at þér sé meirr lagðr ( that thou art more fitted for) fésnúðr ok ferðir en tilstilli um mála-ferli, i. e. that thou art more fitted to be a traveller than a lawyer, Band. 5; öllu því íllu sem honum var lagit, Fb. i. 215; hón var þeim til lýta lagin, she was doomed to be their destruction, Sól. 11; sem mælt er um þá menn sem mjök er sú íþrótt lagin, Fms. v. 40; þvíat þér mun lagit verða at vera (’tis weirded for thee, thou art doomed to be) einvalds konungr yfir öllum Noregi, Fb. i. 564; þér var lengra lif lagit, a longer life was doomed to thee, Fas. iii. 344; allar spár sögðu, at harm mundi verða lagðr til skaða þeim, Edda 19: laginn, expert, skilled, disposed, freq. in mod. usage, hann er laginn fyrir að læra, hann er ekki lund-laginn á það, he has no inclination for it, whence lægni = skill; thus also, lagaðr from laga (q. v.), vera lagaðr fyrir e-t, lagaðr fyrir lærdóm, given to learn, of natural gifts.
    V. part. pass. lagztr; er hann var lagztr niðr, when he had laid himself down, Fas. ii. 345: freq. in mod. usage, hann er lagztr fyrir, lagztr niðr, and so on.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > LEGGJA

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Meeting School — (TMS) is a co ed boarding school for grades 9 12 based on the practices and principals of the Religious Society of Friends (Quakers). It is located in Rindge, New Hampshire, USA on a working organic farm with 142 acres of field and forest. TMS… …   Wikipedia

  • The Young and the Restless minor characters — The following are characters from the American soap opera The Young and the Restless who are notable for their actions or relationships, but who do not warrant their own articles. Contents 1 Current Characters 1.1 Genevieve …   Wikipedia

  • The Thirty Years War —     The Thirty Years War     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Thirty Years War     The Thirty Years War (1618 48), though pre eminently a German war, was also of great importance for the history of the whole of Europe, not only because nearly all… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Last Puritan — The Last Puritan: A Memoir in the Form of a Novel was written by the American philosopher George Santayana. The novel is set largely in the fictional town of Great Falls, Connecticut; Boston; and England, in and around Oxford. It relates the life …   Wikipedia

  • The United States of America —     The United States of America     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The United States of America     BOUNDARIES AND AREA     On the east the boundary is formed by the St. Croix River and an arbitrary line to the St. John, and on the north by the… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Sacrament of Penance —     The Sacrament of Penance     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Sacrament of Penance     Penance is a sacrament of the New Law instituted by Christ in which forgiveness of sins committed after baptism is granted through the priest s absolution to… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Benedictine Order —     The Benedictine Order     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Benedictine Order     The Benedictine Order comprises monks living under the Rule of St. Benedict, and commonly known as black monks . The order will be considered in this article under… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Belgariad — is a five book fantasy epic written by David Eddings. The series tells the story of the recovery of the Orb of Aldur and coming of age of Garion, an orphaned farmboy. Garion is accompanied by his aunt Polgara and grandfather Belgarath as they try …   Wikipedia

  • The Carmelite Order —     The Carmelite Order     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Carmelite Order     One of the mendicant orders.     Origin     The date of the foundation of the Order of Our Lady of Mount Carmel has been under discussion from the fourteenth century to …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Magician's Nephew —   …   Wikipedia

  • The World Ends with You — Left to right, Joshua, Neku, Beat (above), Shiki, and Rhyme Developer(s) Square Enix Jupiter …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»